Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 110

Pipe hangers and supports including accessories

Edition 05/2006
The products in this publication
have been designed and optimized
according to the state of the art.
Subject to change without notice.

Witzenmann GmbH
stliche Karl-Friedrich-Str. 134
75175 Pforzheim
German
Phone: +49 - (0)72 31 - 5 81- 0
Fax: +49 - (0)72 31 - 5 81- 8 20
wi@witzenmann.com
www.witzenmann.de

The product range for pipe supports

page

The company

page

Quality assurance

page

Design and suitability

page

The hanger system

page

The products

page

12

The applications

page

22

The product range

page

26

Planning and design

page

32

Standard products

page

36

Variable spring hangers

page

37

Constant hangers

page

51

Connecting parts

page

64

Pipe clamps

page

74

Horizontal pipe clamps

page

76

Riser clamps

page

94

Special types

page 102

Manufacture, inspection and testing

page 104

Marking, corrosion protection, packaging

page 105

Installation instructions for hangers

page 106

Installation instructions for pipe clamps

page 108

Contents

Contents

The product range for pipe supports

The product range for pipe supports


The whole range of standardized HYDRA pipe
supports is arranged according to a coordinated
system with comparable
criteria for applications
and design, and compatible connections.
Our products are based on
practical experience and
intensive development
work spanning more than
20 years and comply in all
respects with the requirements of modern plant and
pipe technology.
The series of catalogues
on the right with their
completely new concept
is categorized according
to subject, taking into
account the requirements
of our customers.

Catalogues for pipe support products


Hangers and supports
Variable spring
hangers/supports
Constant hangers/
supports
Connecting parts
Pipe clamps

Supports
Sliding supports
Roller supports
Guides and anchors

Dynamic parts
Sway struts
Connections
Clamps

These catalogues1) include


all the information and
data needed for planning
and applications.
The clear arrangement and
presentation helps users to Structural steelwork
understand this vast field
Standard designs
and makes the work of the Custom designs
designer easier.
Simply order the
catalogues you require.

Pipe clamps
Horizontal pipe clamps
Riser clamps

Engineering and service


Advice
Planning
Service

1)

New publications, some still in preparation

The company

The company

Our company, situated in


the traditional industrial
state of Saxony, has a
long history in the manufacturing of high-quality
investment goods for
pipelines and plants.
The incorporation of
the company into the
Witzenmann Group in
1991 concentrated the
production of all pipe
supports in the plant
at Werdau. The whole
knowledge of the group
is now available, and
that in turn has placed
the company on an even
broader footing.
The Witzenmann Group
was formed around the
pioneer company in this
sector. Today, the group
employs approx. 2,400
employees and generates
a turnover of 250 million
euros. The main plant has
been located in Pforzheim
since the company was
founded in 1854.
More than 100 years ago,
Witzenmann established
the metal hose and expansion joints industry after
the invention of the metal
hose.
Entrepreneurial activity, inventiveness and trendsetting product developments
have made Witzenmann
one of the leading companies worldwide in the
field of flexible metal elements such as metal
hoses, expansion joints
and metal bellows as well
as automotive parts and
pipe supports.

The main building of the Werdau plant

Our current range includes


the whole range of HYDRA
pipe supports as required
in the construction of power
stations, district heating,
the chemicals and petrochemicals industries.

Constant hangers

In order to ensure direct,


local contact with our customers, a vast distribution
network has been established with qualified representatives at home and
abroad.
The Witzenmann Group
has more than 40 subsidiaries and production
plants located around the
globe.

Progressive technology
and a high awareness of
quality established our
leading position in the field
of pipe supports many
years ago. The expansion
of our range has strengthened this position. This
enables us to meet even
special market requirements.

The main plant in Pforzheim

The range includes: hangers, supports, assemblies,


all types of pipe clamps,
roller supports, sliding
supports, anchors and
guides; sway struts and
steel parts for supports.

Quality assurance

Quality assurance
Our company has set
up a quality assurance
system which guarantees
that the quality of our
products meets the
requirements of our
customers in every
respect. A quality assurance manual obligatory
for all divisions in our
company determines
the structure and use of
the quality assurance
system.

Our quality assurance


system is based on national
and international standards
and specifications like DIN
ISO 9001, KTA 1401, AD
data sheets, ASME Code,
British Standards, etc. This
forms the foundation for
manufacturers approvals
as well as suitability and
type approvals from authorized inspection bodies
and customers.
Acknowledged test centres
carry out regular inspections to ensure that we
uphold quality and testing
standards within the scope
of monitoring contracts
with quality associations.
We are certified to ISO
9001:2000.
That guarantees full verification for the quality of all
our products.

Strict organization of
responsibility for quality

Consideration of customers requirements

Our quality assurance


system is under the direct
control of the general
management. The central
quality assurance department is in overall charge
of the organizational and
technical measures for
quality assurance, and the
approval of procedure
instructions. The quality
assurance personnel in
each of the divisions are
responsible for quality
planning, quality management and quality inspections during the processing
of orders.

The sales department


ensures that the requirements specified by and
agreed to in customers
orders are clearly stipulated
and can be met fully in the
subsequent planning and
production processes.
Development and design
The engineering department is responsible for the
design and function of our
products. Wide-ranging
theoretical and practical
analyses form the basis of
this work, which ensures
that all steps from purchasing to production
to installation function
without a hitch. Analysis,
design and planning documents are inspected only
by employees who have
not participated in their
compilation.

We cooperate only with


suppliers who can provide
evidence of an efficient
quality assurance system.
We demand inspection
certificates to DIN EN 10204
for semi-finished goods,
sheet metal and pipes.
Regarding other supplies,
we demand certificates
depending on respective
applications that allow
traceability. Goods are
inspected upon arrival and
in the materials testing
laboratory to make sure
that the supplies meet our
order and acceptance
criteria. Only inspected,
faultless materials are
admitted into production.
Quality-oriented
production
Our qualified employees
guarantee the quality of
our products, which they
produce on a great variety
of equipment according
to proven production
processes.

Precise procedure and


work instructions support
their work.

Quality assurance

Meticulous inspection
of supplies

An internal inspection department is responsible for


inspecting and maintaining
production plant. It is also
responsible for ensuring
that production is carried
out according to specified
procedures as well as inspection directives
Assurance of
welding quality
Welding is only performed
according to written instructions by welders
who hold qualifications to
DIN EN 729. The most important and most common
welding methods are
carried out according to
certified welding
procedures. Supervisory
staff meet the respective
requirements according to
AD Specification HP3.
Our company has been
certified as a manufacturer
according to AD specification HP0 carried out by the

German TV organization.
The company is also qualified to perform welding
work to DIN 18800.

Supervision of the
quality assurance system

Audits carried out at regular intervals check whether


the quality assurance
Control of measuring and measures laid down are
testing equipment
being carried out by all
departments involved, and
Measuring and testing
whether they are effective.
equipment itself is tested
for its precision and reliaProduct quality
bility at regular intervals.
The date of calibration is
Inspection of goods received as well as in-process
stated on control identifiinspections, functional and
cation tags.
final inspections of the
finished goods are integral
elements of the quality
assurance system.
If requested, we include
material certificates as well
as final inspection and
testing reports with our
consignments for documentation purposes.
Besides standard tests,
such as load/travel
behaviour of hangers,
dimensional and visual
inspections and inspection
of markings, special tests
can also be arranged.

Design and suitability

Design and suitability


The design of the hangers
and accessories required
is performed according
to the relevant technical
rules, specifications and
standards. Safety margins
to the yield point of the
material, which are guaranteed for all loadbearing parts under nominal
load conditions, are one
essential design criterion.

We can therefore ensure


that in the case of an overload, as may occur in pickling, hydraulic pressure
tests or starting up with
non-steady-state temperature profiles in the pipes,
there will not yet be any
permanent deformations
of the supports. Even
extreme overloads, as
in case of water hammer,
are highly unlikely to cause
fractures in the supports.
This is ensured by deformable structures which
are able to absorb excessive overload shocks by
yielding without fracture.
However, after such overloads, the supports must
be inspected.

German and foreign standards are considered:

Standards for design

Suitability tests

Basic standards for our


design work are the VGB
standard R510 L (1996)
and KTA 3205.3 (1989)
standard supports.
Furthermore, the following

Hangers and accessories


have been tested for their
applicability in power
plants in tests according
to VGB standard R510 L
(1996) and KTA 3205.3.
Besides a quality audit,
this includes an inspection
of the design and calculation documents and verification of material suitability
as well as function, load

DIN EN 13480 Metallic


industrial piping
AD data sheets for
pressure vessels (D)
DIN 18800, Steel
structures (D)
TRD, Technical Rules
for Boilers (D)
ANSI B 31.1/3 (USA)
ASME, Boiler and pressure vessel code, sec.
III, subsection NF (USA)
MSS, Standard
Practices: 58, 69, 77,
89, 90, (USA)
BS, British Standards
(GB)
If required, compliance in
detail is checked by us.

The hanger system

This concept is based on


decades of practical experience, continuous, intense
cooperation with planners,
users and inspection
bodies, and trendsetting
development work resulting in a large number of
patents.
In order to make design
and selection easy and
reliable, we offer standard
ranges with options,
allowing quick and economical adaptation to the
respective requirements.

The hanger system

Our standard range of


hangers, supports and
accessories is designed in
the same way as our total
product range: as an
extensive, appropriately
coordinated and comprehensive system.

Support assembly with variable


spring hanger

Support assembly with basemounted constant hanger

Double support assembly with


variable spring hangers and
trapeze

Optimum combination of
complete assemblies

Appropriate attachments
facilitate hanger design

Load groups allow


reliable planning

The system includes all


components required for
rigid or movable assemblies, from the connection
to the overhead supporting
structure to the suitable
pipe clamp. Installation
dimension E is specified
for all components, which
can easily be added up to
give the total dimension of
the support assembly.

Different attachments for


variable spring and constant hangers are at the
designers disposal.
Furthermore, the clamp
type suitable for each
application can be selected
from horizontal pipe clamps
and riser clamps covering
a wide range of nominal
diameters and nominal
loads.

The load groups of the


connecting parts combine
elements with equal nominal load FN, also considering the corresponding
thread diameter. The respective load group (LGV)
is indicated on all variable
spring and constant hangers and is part of the
designation.

Support assembly
program
We have developed the
support assembly program
(with interfaces to PDS and PDMS)
in order to automate your
design work. This program
can be made available to
the designer if required
(see Planning and
design, pages 32 35).
9

The hanger system

Connections
Variable spring
hangers/
Variable spring
supports

Series

FHD

FHG

FHS

FSS/FSP

FSG

FDT

Constant hangers/
Constant supports

Series

KHD

KVD

KHS

KVS

KSR

KSP

Connecting parts

Series

Series

ZLN

ZLK

ZGM

ZSM

ZKN

ZOM

ZKK

ZHM

ZVN/ZVV/ZVS

ZRM

ZLM

ZPK

ZMM/ZMI

Horizontal clamps/
Pipe shoes

Series

HZN/ HZV/HZS

HDN/HDV/HDS

HGN/HGV

HBN/HBV/HBS

LUR/LUS

LTD

Riser clamps

Series

VBK

VKK

VKR

VSR/VPR

Mounting parts
for sway supports/
Trapezes

Series

10

MSN

MBS

ZTN

Load group

LGV

Nominal load FN in kN
Connections Thread
diameter

(DIN)
(inch)

Bolt diameter
Variable
spring
hangers
Constant
hangers

Nom. load FN in kN
VH size
Max. permissible
required load FS1) in kN
Potential
CH size2)

1)
2)

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

180

240

300

400

500

M 12
1/2

M 16
5/8

M 20
3/4

M 24
1

M 30
11/8

M 36
11/2

M 42
13/4

M 48
2

M 56
21/4

M 64
21/2

M 72
23/4

M 80
3

M 90
31/2

12

16

20

24

33

40

45

50

60

70

80

90

100

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

200

280

400

500

01-05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

10

17

29

43

61

87

115

157

209

261

348

435

01-09 05-11 07-12 08-14 09-15 11-16 11-17 13-18 14-19 16-19 17-20 18-20 19-20

15% adjustability reserve considered


see table on page 53

Definitions
Series
Name for a particular hanger
range as part of the product range, consisting of
three characters which
derive from the German
name for the series; it is
part of each type designation (see The product
range, page 26).
Example:
FHD is the German abbreviation for a variable spring
hanger with double lug.

Load group (LGV)


Categorizing term for
connecting parts, based
on the respective thread
diameter. Nominal load
and design safety factor
are the same for all parts
of one load group; the load
group is part of the type
designation of hangers,
supports and connecting
parts.

VH size
Categorizing term for
variable spring hangers
and supports. All variable
spring hangers with the
same nominal load FN,
irrespective of series or
nominal travel, have the
same VH size; it is part of
the type designation of
variable spring hangers
and supports.

CH size
Categorizing term for
constant hangers and
supports. Hangers with
the same mathematical
product of nominal load
and nominal travel (FN x sN)
have the same CH size;
the CH size is part of
the type designation of
constant hangers and
supports.

Example:
Load group 36 includes all
connecting parts with
thread diameter M 36 or
suitable connecting parts;
its nominal load is
FN = 70 kN (see table
above).

Example:
FHD 07... refers to the
seventh size of variable
spring hangers with double
lug; their nominal load is
FN = 20 kN (see table of
Variable spring hangers,
page 37).

Example:
KHD 08... refers to the
eighth size of constant
hangers, horizontal, with
double lug (see table
of constant hangers,
page 51).

11

The hanger system

Load groups of connecting parts

The products

The products
This chapter contains
detailed descriptions of
hangers, connecting
parts and clamps. It also
explains their essential
characteristics and points
out their usefulness in
practical applications.

12

Springs

The products Springs

The high-grade springs


for HYDRA variable
spring hangers and
constant hangers retain
their original supporting
properties practically
unaltered even during
a long service life.
We use helical coil springs
to DIN 2095 and DIN 2096
acting as compression
springs as the loadbearing elements of the
HYDRA variable spring
and constant hangers.
They are cold- or hotcoiled, depending on
the wire diameter.
After coiling and tempering, the hot springs are
closed to their solid height
several times. Afterwards,
they are shot-blasted with
steel balls to harden the
surface. A 100% crack
detection test guarantees
that they are completely
free from cracks.

The safe, buckling-resistant design, the certified


production methods with
special heat treatment
and the meticulous final
inspections guarantee a
permanently linear forcetravel characteristic.

Wire diameter
in mm

Material

Cold coiling

<8

High-grade steel
to DIN 17223 grade C (1.1200)

Hot coiling

Stainless steel
to DIN 17221 50 Cr V 4 (1.8159)

Relaxation of helical coil springs

Relaxation

Reference values for long-term behaviour at different ambient


temperatures

Relaxation is a loss of
strength for a constant
fixity length, and depends
on stress, temperature and
time. It can be shown as
the percentage of loss of
strength in relation to initial
strength. A suitable special
heat treatment considerably reduces the relaxation
of our coil springs, compared with conventional
coil springs (see diagram).

10
80 C
8
Relaxation
in % in %
Relaxation
(Setzverlust)

Standard versions are


given an impact-resistant,
highly elastic alkyd varnish
coating after priming with a
phosphate coating. If required, special treatments
such as plastic coating or
treatment with zinc dust
paint can also be carried
out. For outdoor use, we
recommend an additional
terrosone coating.

Production method

Cold
kalt
gesetzt
setting
6

20 C

4
warm
gesetzt
Hot setting
2

80 C
20 C

0
400

500

600

700

2 2
Schubspannung
N/mm
Shear stress t
in in
N/mm

800

900

The stress range during


operation of the springs
used in HYDRA variable
spring and constant hangers is so favourable that
even at a constant temperature of 80 C no
appreciable relaxation
occurs.

13

HYDRA variable spring


hangers and supports
are pipe supports that
allow movement with a
linear, varying load-carrying behaviour; the load
changes in proportion to
the hanger travel.

FHD

FHG

Head plate
with double lug
Spring plate
with stop nibs
Spring housing

Operating principle

Compression
spring

The load-carrying behaviour corresponds to the


characteristic of the
spring used, i.e. the load
decreases during upward
movement of the spring
plate and increases during
downward movement.

Name plate with


travel scale and
load data

FHS

Base plate
Safety ring

These devices, which are


more economical than
constant hangers, are used
in all cases in which the
vertical movement to be
absorbed does not exceed
60 mm and the pipework
supported can sustain a
change of load between
installation and operation
without any difficulty; 25%
of the operating load is
normally regarded as a
permissible load variation.

Turnbuckle
FSS/FSP

Threaded rod

Load/Travel diagram
The non-buckling spring,
the special shape of the
spring plate and the rigid
connection between
threaded rod and spring
plate more or less avoid
any unwanted lateral
forces on the spring plate.
Result:
HYDRA variable spring
hangers exhibit extremely
low friction values and
minimal deviation from the
theoretical load.

FSG
100

80

Load inin%
Traglast
%

The products Variable spring hangers and supports

Variable spring hangers and supports

60

40

FDT

20

0
0

20

40

60

Downward
travel
Hngerweghanger
abwrts
in %in %

14

80

100

Permanent spring
protection

Optimum corrosion
protection

The spring is enclosed in a


housing which protects it
from mechanical damage.

Before assembly, the


components of the hanger
can be protected against
corrosion, either by electrogalvanizing, hot-dip
galvanizing, a plastic coating or painting.

The spring plate centres


the spring and prevents
friction between spring
and housing.
Nibs on the spring plate
act as stops to prevent
the spring being closed
to its solid height at overload and, as a result, from
damaging the surface
protection.

The final assembly of the


patented hanger is carried
out by positive locking
action; the surface protection is thus not damaged,
neither by welding nor by
mechanical action.
The name plate riveted to
the housing, which also
acts as a travel scale, is
made of stainless steel;
the matt surface and black
inscription ensure legibility.

Easy installation
and operation

The load can be adjusted


easily by turning the turnbuckle (adjusting nut on
All types can be connected series FHS, FSS, FSP and
simply and securely to the FSG), with the spring plate
supporting structure.
and its nibs preventing
rotation.
The cold and hot states
are clearly indicated on the Subsequent adjustment of
name plate by coloured
the travel stop is possible
triangles (red and blue).
at any time in any position
The respective loads are
required because the travel
stamped next to them.
stops with their adjustable
laminations can be permaA patented, infinitely varinently fixed to the housing
able travel stop keeps the
to prevent them being lost.
spring plate in position (in
both directions) and can
only be loosened at the
All devices are absolutely
correct load.
maintenance-free
no wear and tear and no
need for spare parts!

15

The products Variable spring hangers and supports

Technology you can rely on

HYDRA constant
hangers and supports
are pipe supports that
allow movement with a
constant load-carrying
behaviour; the load remains hardly unchanged
over the hanger travel.

KHD

KVS
Name plate

Travel scale with cold


and hot positions
Travel stop,
infinitely variable
Lever mechanism
Load adjustment

KVD

Operating principlen

Spherical
bearing

In the HYDRA constant


hangers the varying force
of the compression spring
is transformed into a constant force at the loading
point by means of a suitably adjusted lever mechanism.

Coil spring
Turnbuckle

Spring housing
Spring plate
Base plate

These devices, whose


design is more complex
than that of variable spring
hangers, are required when
greater vertical movements,
60 mm and more, are to be
absorbed, or if load deviations must not exceed
5% to avoid undue strain
on component connections or critical pipelines.

KSR
KHS

Result

The lever principle


Furthermore, the great
advantage of constant
hangers, based on the
lever principle, is that
the full hanger travel is
not reduced if the load
is adjusted.

HYDRA constant hangers


exhibit very good load
constancy throughout the
travel range, irrespective of
the required load to which

they have been adjusted,


or a subsequent load
adjustment (average load
deviation 3%).

Load/Travel diagram
120

Mgliche
Possible
load
Lastjustierung
adjustment:
15%
15%

The lever dimensions of


the HYDRA constant
hangers have been optimized such that the
required constancy of the
load is ensured over the
whole range of adjustment,
even after any load adjustments after installation.

Adjustment
scale
Guide

100

Load adjustment
Spring
force
Lever arm

Spring lever arm


Load

Main axis

Load Traglast
(required(Sollast)
load) inin
%%

The products Constant hangers and supports

Constant hangers and supports

80

60

40

20
0
0
20
40
60
80 100
Hngerweg
(Nennweg)
abwrts
in % in %
Hanger
travel (nominal
travel)
downwards

16

Permanent protection
for the spring

Easy
installation

Easy load
adjustment

The springs are protected


against mechanical damage by housings which
have inspection openings
on only the bottom or the
side.

The design of all types of


constant hanger allows
simple and secure connection to the supporting
structure for all requirements; low weight facilitates installation.

A load adjustment with easy


access, easy operation and
clear indication allows the
factory-adjusted required
load FS to be adjusted to
suit the actual conditions.

The non-buckling spring


is positioned in centering
devices and guided by the
spring plate so that friction
between housing and
spring is avoided.
Stop nibs prevent the
spring being closed to its
solid height at overload
and, as a result, from
damaging the surface
protection.
Optimum corrosion
protection
Various means are used
before assembly to protect all ferritic parts against
corrosion, e.g.

painting,
electrogalvanizing,
hot-dip galvanizing,
plastic coating.

The final assembly of the


hanger is carried out by
positive locking action; the
surface protection is thus
not damaged, neither by
welding nor by mechanical
action.
The pivots as well as the
patented retainers holding
the pivot are made of
stainless steel (1.4541).
The name plate riveted to
the housing is made of
stainless steel (1.4541);
it is a matt surface with
black inscription.

Hot and cold states are


clearly indicated on the
travel scale by coloured
triangles (red and blue).

The design of the load adjustment mechanism means


that only one screw has to
be adjusted.

The adjustment range is at


A practical percentage gra- least 15% of the required
dation on the travel scale1) load (wider ranges are posclearly indicates working
sible on request).
travels and travel reserves.
The load adjustment never
A patented, infinitely varireduces the working travel or
able travel stop, which
travel reserves.
works in both directions,
keeps the hanger in the
Low-friction bearings
installation position and
cannot be released until
All rotating bearings used
the hanger is adjusted to
in constant hangers are a
the actual load.
combination of ground
stainless steel axles and
The travel stop may be
PTFE compound bearings,
fixed in any hanger posiwhich guarantee minimum
tion at any time because
friction.
the infinitely variable
mechanism cannot be
Axle retainers made of
detached from the
stainless steel, which also
housing.
form the running surfaces
of the axial bearings, enConnection to the load is
by means of a turnbuckle, sure permanent protection
against dirt and corrosion.
which is turned until the
required load FS is reached
or the pipe to be supported Spherical bearings at the
loading point also with
has reached the desired
low-friction PTFE surfaces
position.
allow the direction of load
With constant supports,
application to change by
adjustment is carried out
up to 4 in any direction
by means of adjusting
without any significant
nuts.
change in the load deviation.

A mm scale showing the


distance travelled directly can
be supplied on request.

1)

All devices are absolutely


maintenance-free no
wear and tear and no
need for spare parts!

17

The products Constant hangers and supports

Technology you can rely on

The products Connecting parts

Connecting parts

Apart from the pipe supports already described,


such as variable spring
and constant hangers,
accessories are available
to create the various
assemblies between
the supporting steel
structure and the part
supporting the pipe
the pipe clamp.

Function

Safety

Materials

Connecting parts are


attached to steel structures by welded or clamping lugs and square plates,
and threaded parts like
turnbuckles, eye nuts and
clevises in combination
with threaded rods to
bridge the distances.

HYDRA connecting parts


are clearly categorized into
load groups according to
our hanger system (page 9),
based on metric thread
diameters; these parts
correspond to clearly
defined nominal loads
which are approved for
ambient temperatures not
exceeding 80 C.

For all connecting parts we


use DIN EN materials as
follows:

Furthermore, connecting
lugs are also available to
facilitate the attachment
of cold connecting parts
to hot pipe clamps at
higher operating temperatures.
Using HYDRA clamping
lugs, there is no need
for welding; their design
allows them to be adjusted
to suit different beam
flange dimensions.

18

This facilitates selection of


the parts suitable for the
respective requirements and
guarantees the required
load-carrying capacity.
The certified threaded parts
are precise forged parts with
dimensions up to M48.
Confusion is avoided by a
marking which indicates
load group, material and
manufacturer. Threaded
rods have rolled threads,
which avoid sharp notches
and stress concentrations.

1.0038/S 235 JRG 2 for


sheet metal parts or steel
sections
1.0460/C 22.8 for forged
parts
1.0038/S 235 JRG 2 for
threaded bars
1.0038/S 235 JRG 2
1.5415/16 Mo3 or
1.7335/13 CrMo 4-5
and others for
connecting lugs
Corrosion protection
Corrosion protection is a
standard feature of all
connecting parts. Welding
lugs and square plates are
given a coat of primer; all
other parts are electrogalvanized and given a yellow
chromate finish, an especially favourable protection
for all threads. Other suitable types of corrosion
protection can be agreed
upon as required.

General
Pipe clamps in direct contact with pipes conveying
a medium must sustain
not only the load due to
pipe weight and force
components occurring
during operation, but also
the conditions caused by
the often very high
temperatures of the media
in the pipes.

The dimensions of all types


of pipe clamps have thus
been determined so that
they, like variable spring
hangers, constant hangers
and connecting parts, can
sustain an overload1) of
2.5 times the nominal load
without permanent deformation even at operating
temperatures.

Suitable design of the supporting parts or intervening


Their design enables
connecting lugs ensures
HYDRA horizontal and
that the operating temriser clamps to cover the
peratures of eye nuts or
vast field of potential appli- clevises do not exceed the
cations and also to form
permissible temperature
a distinct system, based
of 80 C.
on systematic standardization, which helps the
designer to make the right 1) An increase in load of 70%
is permissible when selecting
choice.
clamps for known load conditions, taking into account the
maximum loads. Even then, a
satisfactory degree of safety can
be assured.

Materials

Corrosion protection

We use only DIN EN


materials for pipe clamps.

Pipe clamps mainly subjected to temperature


loads are usually supplied
blank, i.e. without surface
protection. In the case
of clamps for use with
low pipe temperatures, a
suitable surface protection
can be applied to either
the complete clamp or
individual parts situated
outside the thermal insulation.

For the most frequent


applications, we have
selected three standard
materials according to the
table below, which covers
the temperature range up
to 530 C.
Clamps made of other
heat-resistant or austenitic
materials like 1.4541,
1.4571 and 1.4958 (Incoloy
800H) can be supplied on
request. The correction
factors for the design for
higher or lower temperatures can be taken from
the tables on page 74.
Approval certificates can
be supplied for all clamp
materials.

Standard materials for pipe clamps


Material
No.

Material
to DIN EN (fomerly)

Temperature
range

1.0038
1.5415
1.7335

S 235 JRG 2
16 Mo3
13 CrMo 4-5

RT
up to 300C
350C up to 480 C
500C up to 530C

19

The products Pipe clamps

Pipe clamps

The products Horizontal clamps

HYDRA horizontal clamps

Function

Technology you can rely on

Horizontal clamps are


used as supports for pipes
installed horizontally.

Optimum design and


production

Apart from two-bolt


clamps to DIN 3567 this
series has been extended
to DN 1200 the series
of flat steel clamps also
includes medium and
heavy-duty types, based
on technical requirements
and considering economical production facilities
and reasonable use of
materials (fig. 1).

Flat steel clamps are


cold-formed or hot-formed,
depending on the materials
used and their thickness.
Subsequent heat treatment
is carried out if required.
Figure 1

We also offer three-bolt


clamps (fig. 2) with longer
lugs to suit the temperature range and the necessary insulation thickness.
In case of higher loads,
the patented grip clamps
(fig. 3), produced in two
load series, and the U-type
clamps are available. Due
to their optimum design,
they are characterized by
low load-to-weight ratios.

The design of the grip


clamp means that only
minimal material forming
is necessary. We can
therefore dispense with
subsequent heat treatment.

Notching the support lug


Inherent weaknesses and
increased residual stresses near the pipe obstructs the
can thus be reliably avoided. heat flow, which leads to
low temperatures in the
An optimum bending radius supporting parts and
(fig. 4) between clamp
extremely low heat losses.
strap and clamping lug
reduces the degree of
The double rods surrounddeformation and bending
ing the pipe and their constresses due to working
trollable tightening torque
conditions. This increases ensure optimum force
the load-carrying capacity. transfer to the pipe (fig. 5).

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Figure 5

Easy installation
The manufacturing tolerances of our flat steel
clamps are such that they
still fit exactly in the case
of maximum pipe tolerances. For minimum
tolerances, contact is
ensured by tightening
the bolts.

Clamp production line

20

The pivoted, rotating rods


of the grip clamp, inserted
into the support lugs, can
easily be placed around
the pipe, thus facilitating
mounting.

The threaded rods of the


grip clamp can be adapted
to cope with the tolerances
The gap between the two
of the specified pipe diamhalves of the clamp allows eter and any ovalness of
eye nuts or connecting lugs the pipe cross-section.
to be fitted as required.

Function

Technology you can rely on

Riser clamps are used as


supports for vertical pipes.

Optimum design and


production

Formed clamps (fig. 1)


are suitable for the smaller
size and lower nominal
load ranges (up to DN 300
and FN = 40 kN). The load
transfer to the clamp is
by means of shear lugs
welded to the pipe because
the clamp fits around the
pipe with some play.
These clamps, whose
profile dimensions are
determined by torsion, are
economical solutions only
in the case of lighter loads.

Formed clamps are coldformed or hot-formed,


depending on dimensions
and materials used.
Subsequent heat treatment
is carried out if required.

Box-type clamps (figs 4


and 5) are suitable for higher
loads. Owing to their ideal
load-carrying form, they
have the smallest possible
load-to-weight ratio.
The connections required
for the resulting loads at
the temperatures expected
are achieved by various
support lugs and end
plates
Box-type clamps are
designed for supporting
the pipe by way of four
shear lugs (fig. 2) or two
shear pins (fig. 3). Shear
pins are required when
pipes with rigid supports
are expected to deviate
from the vertical during
operation. Please read the
respective notes in the
chapter Planning and
design.

Figure 1

Figure 2

The design of the clamps


allows mounting with a
gap between clamp and
pipe. Direct contact with
the pipe is not required.
The bolted connection
between the two halves of
the clamp prevents torsion,
achieves defined loading
conditions and avoids
additional loads caused
by a temperature-related
increase in diameter.

Box-type clamps consist


of torch-cut parts, some
bent, connected by
bolts. The intentional gap
between clamp and pipe
reduces the temperature
at the points of maximum
stress.

Figure 3

Easy Installation

Figure 4

Figure 5

Formed clamps, which


essentially consist of two
straps, can be mounted
very easily because they
leave a small gap when
enclosing the pipe. The
gap between the two
halves of the clamp can
be reduced to a certain
extent during installation.
This ensures even contact
between the four shear
lugs and the riser clamp.

Box-type clamps, which


are made of several lightweight parts, are very easy
to fit. The parts are easily
fitted together and secured
with just a few bolts.

21

The products Riser clamps

HYDRA riser clamps

The applications

The applications
HYDRA variable spring
and constant hangers
have been employed in
the most diverse industrial installations and
have been operating
without any cause for
complaint for more
than 20 years.
Constant progress in
development and ongoing
improvements have made
our pipe supports into
high-quality products
which make an essential
contribution to plant safety.
All pipes subjected to
high service temperatures,
especially high-pressure
steam pipes, but also
steam boilers and chemical reactors, place high
demands on the pipe
supports; loads have to
be carried and undue
deformations have to be
avoided.
HYDRA variable spring
and constant hangers with
their accessories meet
these requirements during
the entire service life of the
plant maintenance-free
and with consistent operational reliability.

22

HYDRA variable spring and constant hangers in district heating systems

HYDRA constant hangers


in outdoor use on a district
heating pipe.
HYDRA variable spring
hangers on an exterior
pipe in a refuse incineration power plant and in
a boiler room.

The applications

HYDRA variable spring and constant hangers in thermal power stations

HYDRA double hanger


with trapeze in thermal
power stations, a constant
hanger in a vertical
arrangement with base
plate, and a constant
hanger in a horizontal
arrangement with double
lug as well as a variable
spring hanger application.

23

The applications

HYDRA variable spring and constant hangers in major power stations

HYDRA constant and


variable spring hangers of
different sizes on supply
lines, constant hangers
in vertical and horizontal
arrangements on the
high-pressure steam pipes
in a major power station.

24

The applications

HYDRA variable spring and constant hangers in industrial plants

HYDRA constant hangers,


variable spring hangers
and variable spring supports in chemical plants
and a large constant
hanger in a lignite-fired
power station.

25

The product range Type designations

The product range


The standard products
summarized in this part
of the catalogue form a
multi-purpose system for
solving all problems met
with in the practical application of pipe hangers
and supports.
The extensive coordinated
product range allows construction of continuous
assemblies for all types
of applications from the
supporting steel structure
to the pipe connection,
with horizontal and riser
clamps.

Type designation

Designation principle

The chosen type designations consist mainly of


codes clearly indicating
the characteristics of
the pipe support, thus
facilitating selection.
They indicate type, size,
connecting thread and
material, plus other
features.

Series

Option
code

Option code
Type designation scheme
Travel stop1)

The type designation consists of three parts:


1. series, defined by three
characters
2. nominal size, defined
Options on the standard
by several groups of
types facilitate adaptation
figures
to each individual situation.
3. option code, defined by
All parts are assigned to
figure codes, separated
load groups and, within
from the nominal size by
these groups, can be
hyphens
combined to form a
Type designations without
support assembly (see
option codes refer to stanThe hanger system,
dard versions.
page 9).

Surface protection

without travel stop

none (blank)

with travel stop

electrogalvanized

hot-dip galvanized

primed

other
(please specify exactly)

Connecting thread1)
1

to DIN ISO (metric)

inch thread
Materials2)

1)
2)

26

Nominal size

37

1.0038/S 235 JRG 2 (RSt 37-2)

16

1.5415/16 Mo 3

13

1.7335/13 CrMo 4-5

10

1.7380/10 CrMo 9-10

91

1.4903/X10 CrMoVNb 9-1(P91)

41

1.4541/X6 CrNiTi 18-10

71

1.4571/X6 CrNiMo 17-12-2

80

1.4958/X5 NiCrAITi 31-20(Incoloy800H)

Variable spring and constant hangers only


Connecting lugs, pipe shoes and clamps only

Product Group
position 1
Variable spring hangers/
Spring supports

Constant hangers/
Constant supports

Connecting parts
(accessories)

Design/Part
position 2
F

Connection/Others
position 3

hanging

double lug
thread
continuous rod

D
G
S

double

with trapeze

supporting

support plate, steel


support plate, PTFE coating
spherical sway head

S
P
G

horizontal
vertical

H
V

double lug
base plate

D
S

supporting

roller support
support plate, PTFE coating

R
P

welding lug
clamping lug

normal (for variable spring hanger


or rigid support assembly)
for constant hanger

connecting lug

normal
medium
heavy-duty

N
V
S

square plate

spherical washer

clevis with bolt


turnbuckle
eye nut
rod coupling

G
S
O
H

metric thread (DIN ISO)


inch thread

M
I

threaded rod
right-hand thread
threaded rod
left-/right-hand thread

metric thread (DIN ISO)


inch thread

M
I

nut (normal)

metric thread (DIN ISO)


inch thread

M
I

trapeze

normal

intermediate piece for support

spring support
constant support

F
K

Horizontal clamps

two-bolt clamp
three-bolt clamp
grip clamp
U-type clamp

Z
D
G
B

shear pin
medium
heavy-duty

N
V
S

Pipe shoes

U-shape
T-shape

U
T

shear pin
heavy-duty
double clamp

R
S
D

Riser clamps

formed clamp
box clamp
box-type clamp for support
box-type clamp for support, with PTFE

B
K
S
P

shear lug
shear pin

K
R

Mounting parts for


sway supports

dynamic load clamp

normal

bracket

welded

General

general

special design according to drawing

27

The product range Type designations

Series
(Meaning of characters, depending on position)

The product range Type designations

Type designations for products

Variable spring
hangers/
Spring supports

Example
Sway support (FSG)
and double hanger
with trapeze (FDT)

Example
Constant hangers/
Constant supports

Series

Load group (LGV) 1)


Travel stop
Threaded connection
Surface protection

VH size
Nominal
travel

F H D

1 0

.
.

2 0 0

.
.

3 6 - 1

Series
Nominal
travel

F D T

0 6

1 0 0

.
.

1 2 0 0

Series
Nominal
travel

Example
Lugs/Plates
(except connecting
and clamping lugs)

K H D

1 0

2 0 0

.
.

.
.

.
1 6 1

.
.

.
.

Load group (LGV) 1)


Travel stop
Threaded connection
Surface protection

VH size

.
.

Nominal length/Span
Load group (LGV) 2)
Travel stop
Threaded connection
Surface
protection

VH size

.
.

.
.

3 0 1

.
.

.
.

Series
Load group (LGV)
Surface protection

Example
Clamping lugs

Z L N

1 6 1

Series
Load group (LGV)
Flange width
Flange thickness x 10
Surface protection

Example
Connecting lugs

Z K N

1 6

.
.

1 6 0

.
.

1 3 0 2

Series
Width

Installation dimension E
Load group (LGV)
Material
Surface protection

Example
Threaded parts

Z V N

0 5 0

.
.

2 3 0

.
.

1 6 1 6

Series
Load group (LGV)
Surface protection

Example
1)

Z G M

1 6 1

Insert 00 if not relevant (e.g. for spring supports).

28

2)

Nominal load of bracket for FSG series.

.
.

The product range Type designations

Threaded rods

Series
Load group (LGV)
Length
Surface protection

Example
Two-bolt clamps

Z R M

1 6

.
.

2 0 0 0 1

Series
Nominal diameter3)
Material
Surface protection

Example
Three-bolt clamps/
Grip clamps/
U-type clamps

H Z V

0 3 5 0 3 7

Series

.
.

Nominal diameter3)
Nominal load
Load group (LGV)
Material
Surface protection

Example
Riser clamps/
Dynamic load
clamps (MSN)

H G N

0 5 0 0

Series

.
.

5 8 0

Nominal
diameter3)

.
.

2 4 1 3

.
.

Nominal load
Span/Installation dimension E
Load group (LGV) 4)
Material
Surface
protection

Example
Trapezes

V B K

0 0 4 0

.
.

0 1 6

.
.

0 4 0 0

.
.

1 2 1 6

.
.

Series
Load group (LGV)
Span
Material
Surface protection

Example
Pipe shoes

Z T N

2 4

.
.

1 2 0 0 3 7

.
.

Series
Nominal diameter3)
Height (H)
Material
Surface protection

Example
3)

L U R

0 5 0 0

Specify outside diameter of pipe if non-standard.

4)

.
.

2 1 5 3 7

.
.

Nominal load of bracket for MSN series.

29

The product range Overview of components

Overview of components

Product

Name

Series

Spring hangers/Spring supports

Nominal
load kN

Nominal
travel mm

0.16 500

50 500

Options

Spring hangers
with double lug
with threaded connection
for continuous tie rod FHS

FHD
FHG
FHS

Spring Supports
with support plate, steel
with support plate, PTFE
with spherical sway heads

FSS
FSP
FSG

0.16 100

100

Double hanger with trapeze

FDT

0.32 200

50 200

35 100

Nominal
load kN

Nominal
travel mm

0.5 500

50 500

0.5 320

50 350

Nominal
load kN

Load group
mm

0.5 500

Surface protection
hot-dip galvanized
primed

7 500

12 90

Surface protection
primed
blank

Connecting parts for


sway support
dynamic load clamp
bracket

Constant hangers
horizontal with double lug
vertical with double lug
horizontal with base plate
vertical with base plate

KHD
KVD
KHS
KVS

Constant supports
with support roller
with support plate, PTFE

KSR
KSP

Connecting parts/Accessories
Intermediate piece
Spring support
Constant support
Lugs/Plates
welding lug, normal
welding lug for constant
hanger

Travel stop
with travel stop
without travel stop
Surface protection
hot-dip galvanized
primed
Thread
to DIN ISO (metric)
inch thread

MSN
MBS

Constant hangers/Constant supports

30

Nominal sizes

ZZF
ZZK

ZLN
ZLK

clamping lug, normal


clamping lug for constant
hanger

ZKN
ZKK

7 100

12 42

hot-dip galvanized

square plate with spherical


washer

ZPK

7 132

12 64

primed
blank

7 500

12 90

Surface protection
electrogalvanized
hot-dip galvanized
(limited)

Threaded parts
clevis with bolt
turnbuckle
eye nut
rod coupling

ZGM/ZGI
ZSM/ZSI
ZOM/ZOI
ZHM/ZHI

Threaded rods
with right-hand thread
with left-/right-hand thread

ZRM/ZRI
ZLM/ZLI

Thread
to DIN ISO (metric)
inch thread

Name

Series

Connecting parts/Accessories
Connecting lugs
normal
medium
heavy-duty

Flat steel plate clamps


two-bolt clamp, normal
two-bolt clamp, medium
two-bolt clamp, heavy-duty

HZN
HZV
HZS

three-bolt clamp, normal


three-bolt clamp, medium
three-bolt clamp, heavy-duty

HDN
HDV
HDS

Grip clamps
normal
medium

HGN
HGV

U-type clamps
normal
medium
heavy-duty

HBN
HBV
HBS

Riser clamps

Box-type clamps
for shear lugs
for shear pins

Nominal
load kN

7 66

Nominal
load kN

Nominal
dia./DN

6 66

15 1200

6 66

15 1000

24 190

150 1000

40 600

100 900

Nominal
load kN

Nominal
dia./DN

4 40

25 300

25 1000

100 1000

Nominal
load kN

Nominal
dia. DN

ZVN
ZVV
ZVS

Horizontal clamps

Formed clamps

Nominal sizes

VBK

The product range Overview of components

Product

Options

Surface protection
blank
primed
hot-dip galvanized
Materials
S 235 JRG 2
16 Mo3
13 CrMo 4-5
10 CrMo 9-10
X 10 CrMoVNb 9-1
1.4541
1.4571
1.4958 (800 H)
for complete descriptions
see page 26

VKK
VKR
VSR
VPR

Trapezes/Pipe shoes
Trapezes

ZTN

14 200

Pipe shoes

LUR
LUS
LTD

10 300

15 1200

Surface protection
hot-dip galvanized
primed
painted
1see clamps

31

Planning and design

The purpose of movable


pipe supports is to absorb the pipe load safely
and at the same time
to ensure the pipes can
move as required.
Hangers and supports
must be used if pipes,
piping systems and
other components at
their support points are
subjected to vertical
movement between the
cold installation state
and the hot operational
state.

The distinction between


piping systems with or
without expansion joints is
only important with respect
to the design of hangers
due to the fact that pipes
with expansion joints can
generally be examined in
sections and that forces
resulting from the elasticity
of the system are of little
relevance compared with
the forces due to weight
alone. These aspects ease
the planning work considerably.

5% from the theoretical


loads for variable spring
and constant hangers, as
In order to be able to make shown in the diagrams
below. Furthermore, suffia sufficiently reliable precient load adjustment
diction of the pipe behavpossibilities and travel
iour in reality by means of
calculations and analyses, reserves are required to be
the designer must be given able to adjust the devices
a reliable basis for his cal- to the actual load and
culations which guarantees travel conditions after
installation.
that the hangers to be
installed will behave in
accordance with the design HYDRA variable spring
assumptions during the
and constant hangers
lifetime of the plant.
meet these requirements
as suitability tests have
The tolerances defined in
shown and as inspections
the acknowledged stanand tests of actual condards (e.g. VGB-R 510 L,
signments constantly
KTA 3205.3) therefore allow prove.
for maximum deviations of
Hanger behaviour
in reality

Systems in which thermal


expansion must be absorbed by pipe legs, e.g.
live steam pipes in coalfired power stations, can
be analysed with sufficient
precision only by calculat- Variable spring hangers and supports
Load/Travel characteristics, tolerances
ing the stresses in the
whole system in several
parallel calculation processes with different loading
cases in order to ascertain
FN
100
the type and arrangement
of the hangers.
Fk,s

+ 5%
-5%

1)

e
ng

In these systems, elastic


forces are superimposed
on the forces due to weight.
The magnitude of the
former is influenced by the
properties of the hangers
in use. An iterative design
process is therefore required.

Fw,s

ra

rm

Freal, 0

pe

Freal, u

Fmin

sR,
top
0

1)

le

r
ole

ib

iss

sR,
bottom

ss,
(upwards)
Hanger travel s

sN
xN

Spring travel x

Permissible tolerances for angled load application: 6%

Definitions
Initial load:
Nominal load:
Required load:
(cold load)
Required load:
(hot load)

32

ce

an

Load F in %

Planning and design

General

Fmin
FN
Fk, s

Spring rate:
R=

FN
xN

FN Fmin
sN

Fw, s
Spring travel, total:
Nominal travel:
Required travel:
Travel reserve:

xN
sN
sS
sR

For the calculation of


piping systems, both load
tolerances and, in particular, unavoidable frictional
forces have to be considered. Even if such forces
are very low, they add up
to have an effect on the
operational behaviour of a
highly flexible system
causing considerable deviation from the calculated
behaviour if they are not
taken into consideration as
force components acting
opposite to the movement.

Unintentional changes to
pipe positions may be the
result, causing a risk of
condensate accumulation,
water hammer, unpredictable stress increases
and other problems.
Conditions for hanger
and clamp design
Besides general conditions
such as the applicable
regulations, standards,
specifications and documentation, special criteria
for each support position
have to be specified.

FN

+15%
range of adjustment

FS

Freal, u

Design criteria for pipe


clamps:

Loads to be carried from


pipe calculation (required
load)

Operating load at support


point
Pipe diameter

Dead loads of trapezes,


pipe shoes and hanger
housings to be carried
(if applicable)
Vertical movement to be
absorbed (required travel)
Direction of vertical
movement from cold
to hot (up/down)
Simultaneous horizontal
movement (determines
length of or angled load
application on support
assembly)

Constant hangers and supports


Load/Travel characteristic, tolerances

Freal, 0

Design criteria for


hangers:

permissible tolerance range1)

+ 5%
-5%

Freal, average

Load F

-15%

Type of connection
between hanger and steel
structure (suspended or
base-mounted, welded/
bolted/clamped)
Levels for hanger/support
arrangement (determines
type of connection)
Distance from pipe centreline to steel structure
(determines support
assembly design)
Location, e.g. indoors/
outdoors (determines type
of corrosion protection)

sR
top

0
0
1)

ss

sR

upwards

bottom

sN

Hanger travel s

Temperature of medium
(service, design, etc.)
Thickness of pipe
insulation
Orientation of pipe
(horizontal, vertical)
Span between riser clamps
Materials of pipe clamps
(e.g. austenite)
Normally, additional loads
resulting from hydraulic
pressure testing or from
pickling of high-pressure
steam pipes do not have
to be considered when
selecting hangers and
clamps. Such loads are
covered by the overload
tolerances of hangers,
clamps and connecting
parts. All parts of our
hanger systems can
sustain 2.5 times the
nominal load without
permanent deformation
(the temperature reduction
in pipe clamps is taken
into consideration).
Further stipulations may be
necessary in special cases,
which may lead to special
types as described starting
on page 102.

Permissible tolerances for angled load application: 6%

Definitions
Nominal load: FN
(max. load of
constant hanger)
Required load: Fs
Average load
set:
Freal, average

Condition for average load


setting:
Fs Freal, average

0.02

Fs
Nominal travel:
Required travel:
Travel reserve:

sN
ss
sR

33

Planning and design

Consideration of load
tolerances and friction

Planning and design

Basic decisions
concerning the
selection of hangers
Before the final selection of
the hanger type, a decision
must be taken as whether a
rigid or a movable pipe
support is necessary. It
must then be clarified
whether a variable spring
hanger is adequate or a
constant hanger is necessary (the term hanger in this
context is also taken to
include support).
A rigid, swinging suspension is selected if vertical movements at the
support point do not occur
or are not allowed, whereas horizontal movements
are allowed to a certain
extent.

This load variation between


hot state and cold state is
usually limited to approx.
25% of the hot load. If
greater load variations can
be tolerated, more travel
can also be accepted.
Constant hangers must
be used where greater vertical travel or a constant
load is required. The permissible load deviation of
the constant hanger max.
5% of the required load
is unavoidable and must
be absorbed by the plant.
Note:

If spring hangers are used,


it must be decided beforehand whether forces due
to weight are to be balanced
in the hot or the cold state
of the pipe. In the former,
additional loads on the
Variable spring hangers
pipe are avoided in the
are used for short vertical
travel up to approx. 60 mm hot state; in the latter, installation is made easier
and when the load variation of the spring hanger because it is possible to
balance loads at loosened
due to the spring rate
connections.
has to be sustained by
the pipe or the connected
installation component.

Double hangers
Usually, a single hanger is
selected for reasons of
cost.
The need for a double
hanger could be planned
from the beginning or may
arise while selecting the
hanger.
The reasons for this are:
Pipes or other plant components situated above the
pipe to be supported.
The use of riser clamps.
A small height difference
between steel structure
and pipe centre-line, which
does not leave enough
space for installing the
support assembly required,
or would cause an excessively angled load application (> 4%).
A high required load that
cannot be carried by the
supporting steel structure
at one point or cannot be
sustained by the largest
hanger type in our range.

In such cases, two parallel


assemblies are used, each
carrying half the required
load. The horizontal pipes
can then be supported
on trapezes, or perhaps
by using a trapeze-type
double hanger. If advisable, two large hangers
can be combined to form
one unit with twice the
load-carrying capacity (see
Special types, page 102).

Selecting connecting parts

Another selection criteria


concerning constant
During the initial planning
hangers is the question
stages it is often only the
of whether a vertical or
sizes of the hangers that
horizontal spring housing
are determined. But to
would be most suitable,
establish exactly which type depending on the space
of device is to be used, the available.
best design option and
connecting parts must also For further information
be selected. The decision
please refer to the section
must then be taken as to
Connection criteria for
whether the connection is
different series in the
to be mounted on the steel chapter Standard
structure from above or
products.
below. Variable spring
hangers can also be
mounted between the
steel beams.

34

FHD

KHD

FHG

FHS

KVD

FDT

KHS

KVS

You are therefore recommended to use shear


The orientation of the
pins for pipes with rigid
pipes at their respective
supports and shear lugs
support points determines for pipes with flexible
whether horizontal clamps supports, irrespective
or riser clamps are required. of any possible angled
position of the pipes.
The materials are selected
according to the clamp
The use of shear pins in
temperatures anticipated.
connection with variable
Here, the temperature drop spring hangers theoretically
between the temperature
ensures a stable support;
of the medium and the
a slight angle of the clamp,
temperature of the clamp
however, cannot be avoidsection with the highest
ed because of the friction
stresses must be considmoment in the shear pins.
ered to avoid unnecessari- With shear pins in connecly large clamps (for further tion with constant hangers
details see page 74).
there is always the risk of
the riser clamp assuming
The method of reducing
some undefined angle
the clamp temperature by
because the load is not
inserting thin pieces of
dependent on any travel.
insulation is not recommended because these
If for some reason the pipe
reduce the friction between must be supported by
clamp and pipe, thus
shear pins in conjunction
changing the design aswith constant hangers,
sumptions for the clamp.
acceptable conditions
The lower part of the
can only be achieved by
clamp is more heavily
ensuring the hanger is
loaded and the resulting
very well adjusted and by
stresses can exceed the
increasing the vertical
permissible values.
distance between the two
suspension joints at the
Adequate dimensioning of riser clamp and the shear
the three-bolt clamps and
pin axis. Thus, a sufficient
grip clamps and the conrighting moment will occur
necting lugs for the twoif the clamp tilts.
bolt clamps means that
even for the maximum
The hole for the shear pin
permissible clamp temper- in the side piece of the riser
clamp includes a notch.
ature, the temperature at
A piece of square section
the adjacent connecting
steel can be welded to the
parts (eye nut or clevis)
lug to fit into this notch
does not exceed 80 C.
and so prevent rotation.
For larger riser clamps,
both shear lugs and shear
pins are possible. The
latter must be used for
rigid supports with a
potential angled position
of the pipes during operation. Generally, it should
be ensured that defined
conditions prevail in both
connecting rods and at the
shear lugs or shear pins of
the pipe.

Assemblies
After selecting hangers
and clamps, the assemblies can be designed.
Based on the hanger type,
the upper connection to

the supporting structure is


determined first and then a
suitable connection to the
pipe clamp, including connecting parts. Finally, the
distance between both will
be spanned by threaded
rods, with intermediate rod
couplings if required.
Threaded rods should be
ordered overlong. They
can then be shortened to
suit the actual conditions
on site.
Selection of the connecting parts required has
been considerably eased
by our hanger system
(page 9), which categorizes all connecting parts
as well as hangers and
clamps according to load
groups.

Support assembly
program
Our support assembly
program
has been developed to
facilitate design work.
It has been specially
adapted to the needs
of designers. It is used in
the design and graphic
presentation of pipe
supports.
This menu-driven program
provides flexible support
for the design of complex
assemblies from upper
connecting point to pipe
clamp, regardless of the
type of support (rigid,
movable with variable
spring or constant hangers,
or double assemblies).
includes
interfaces to the PDS and
PDMS 3D systems.
This feature enables the
support assembly generated in
to
be imported directly into
the respective 3D model,
where collision checks can
be carried out quickly and
accurately.

The installation dimension


E specified for all products
helps in the combination
of parts to give the total
length of the support
assembly.

Software
is easy to use and so
makes design work
much faster and much
more reliable.

35

Planning and design

Pipe clamps

Standard products

Standard products
This chapter describes
the standard products
within the complete
range of hangers,
including their essential
properties, applications,
possible options, and
selection and design
tables.
They are described in the
following order:
Variable spring hangers/
Variable spring supports
Constant hangers/
Constant supports
Connecting parts
Horizontal clamps/
Riser clamps

36

Operating principle

Main features

Variable spring hangers


and variable spring supports have loadbearing
properties which change
according to the travel.

The helical compression


springs are installed with
a prestress, meaning that
approx. 30% of the nominal
load FN is already available
in the upper hanger position.

Load/Travel diagram (principle)


Load

The downward movement


of the spring plate causes
further compression of the
spring and so the load is
increased linearly in accordance with the spring rate.

Suitable for use in industrial


plants, both indoors and
outdoors, on ships and
offshore platforms (select
appropriate corrosion
protection).
Their suitability for use in
power plants has been
proven by tests to VGB
R 510 L and KTA 3205.3
standards.
The allowable ambient
temperature is 80 C.

Travel

Deviation from the theoretical load/travel characteristics for a straight load


application is usually less
than 3% (max. permissible
5%).

Permissible angular deviation of tie rods in hangers


is 4 in all directions (does
not apply to variable spring
supports).
In extreme cases 2.5 times
the nominal load FN can
be sustained without permanent deformation. In
such cases, a non-preset
hanger travels downwards
to the lower position.
The travel stop can be
connected to the housing
in order to ensure it remains
available for re-use later, if
necessary
Maintenance-free
no wear and tear, and no
need for spare parts!
(For further information see
The products, page 12.)

Load gradation
Just 16 VH sizes cover the
load range from 0.16 to
500 kN. In this respect,
a suitable gradation of

VH sizes, combined with


sufficient overlaps, was
one of our main criteria.
Types with nominal travels

of 50, 100 and 200 mm are each situation. (For further


available for each VH size. information see Planning
This makes it easy to select and design, page 32.)
appropriate hangers for

Load gradation of HYDRA variable spring hangers/variable spring supports


16
15
14
13
12
11

Lastgre
VH size

10
09
08
07
06
05
04
03
02
01
0.1

0.2 0.3

0.5

10

20

30

50

100

200 300

500

Lastbereich
in kN
Load
range in kN

37

Standard products Spring hangers/Spring supports

HYDRA variable spring hangers/variable spring supports

Standard products spring hangers/spring supports

HYDRA variable spring hangers/variable spring supports

Connection criteria for different series


FHD

Variable spring hangers


with double lug (including
bolt) are suitable for connecting directly to an overhead loadbearing structure
only by means of welded
or clamping lugs without
additional connecting
parts. The load can be
set with the turnbuckle.

FHG

Variable spring hangers


with threaded connection
are suitable for installing at
the required level by inserting a suitable threaded rod
as a vertical connection to
the overhead loadbearing
steel structure. This rod is
connected to the loadbearing structure by a clevis
and a welded or clamping
lug, or by using a square
plate with spherical washer
and hexagonal nuts. The
load can be set with the
turnbuckle.

FHS

Variable spring hangers


for continuous tie rods are
suitable for mounting on the
loadbearing steel structure,
to which they are bolted.
The load is transferred by
the continuous rod and the
nuts. The load can be set by
turning the nuts.

FSS/FSP

Variable spring supports


with support plate carry
load from above. They are
mounted on the steel
structure by fixing the
base plate with bolts. The
load is transferred to the
support plate of the spring
support by a sliding or
insulating shoe with a flat
bearing surface. If lateral
movements are anticipated,
a support with PTFE sliding plate (FSP series)
should be chosen.

ZZF

Differences in height can


be compensated for by
using an intermediate
piece.
FSG

Sway supports carry the


load as a compression
force and transfer it to the
loadbearing structure via
spherical sway heads.
Greater lateral displacement
of the components to be
supported are thus possible
with low lateral forces. The
38

FDT

use of these devices is


acceptable only if the
inherent stiffnesses of
the components to be
supported are sufficient
to guarantee that they are
held in position during all
operating conditions.

A double hanger with


trapeze is suitable for
supporting pipes where
there is little space
beneath the loadbearing
steel structure. Pipes can
be fitted with a suitable
pipe shoe and then placed

on the trapeze. The load


can be set with the turnbuckles.

Example

The table below indicates


the possible load-carrying
capacity (required load Fs)
of each VH size depending
on the hanger travel and
based on the respective
nominal travel sN (50, 100
or 200 mm). The maximum
load corresponds to the
nominal load FN of the
variable spring hanger.
The required travel of the
variable spring hanger corresponds to the temperature-related vertical movement of the plant component supported.

component supported. In
order to limit such additional loads to approx.
25% of the operating load,
the recommended working travels should not be
exceeded (VGB-R 510 L).
In addition, travel reserves
of at least 20% of the
required travel ss (but not
less than 5 mm) should be
added to each end position
(VGB-R 510 L and KTA
3205.3 requirements).

In economic terms bearing in mind the aforementioned criteria it makes


The load variation between sense to choose the load
cold and hot position, unrange between the hot and
avoidable with variable
the cold state as close as
spring hangers, causes
possible to the nominal
additional loads on the
load.
Nominal travel sN
in mm
100

50

Hanger travel

Requirement:

FHD 11.100.42

Variable spring hanger with


double lug (standard)
Operating load: FW = 90 kN
Required travel, downwards: sS = 25 mm
Preset at cold load FK
Selection:

with cold load: 73.2 kN


Travel reserve: 15 mm
Load variation: F = 16.8 kN
corresponding to 19% of
FW (read off from load/
travel table or calculated
by means of spring rate:
F = R x sS).

In the case of downward


required travel, the operating load occurs at a higher
load; it is kept as close as
possible to the nominal
load.

Installation dimension E
for preset hanger:
preset distance sv =
60 mm corresponding to
hanger travel at cold load
(from the table below)

Result:
VH size 11
Nominal travel sN = 100 mm
(from recommended working travel  sS = 25 mm)

Installation dimension:
E = E* + sv = 705 + 60
E = 765 mm
(for E* see tables on pages
40 47)

VH size
200

01

02

03

04

05

Rec. working travel

06

07

08

mm
0
2.5
5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5

5
7.5

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Required load Fs, depending on travel


kN

0
5

10

0
10

20

0.16
0.18

0.32
0.35

0.66
0.73

1.30
1.44

2.30
2.54

3.90
4.31

6.60 10.9
7.27 12.0

16.5
18.2

23.0
25.4

33.0
36.4

43.6
48.0

66.0 92.0 132


72.7 101
145

165
182

10
15
20
25

15

20
30
40
50

30

0.19
0.21
0.23
0.25

0.39
0.42
0.46
0.49

0.79
0.86
0.93
1.00

1.57
1.71
1.84
1.98

2.77
3.01
3.24
3.48

4.71
5.12
5.52
5.93

7.94
8.61
9.28
9.95

13.1
14.2
15.3
16.4

19.9
21.5
23.2
24.9

27.7
30.1
32.4
34.8

39.7
43.1
46.4
49.8

52.4
56.9
61.3
65.7

79.4
86.1
92.8
99.5

111
120
130
139

159
172
186
199

199
215
232
249

15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5

10

30
35
40
45

20

60
70
80
90

40

0.26
0.28
0.30
0.31

0.52
0.56
0.59
0.63

1.06
1.13
1.20
1.26

2.11
2.25
2.38
2.52

3.71
3.95
4.18
4.42

6.33
6.74
7.14
7.55

10.6
11.3
12.0
12.6

17.5
18.6
19.7
20.8

26.6
28.2
29.9
31.6

37.1
39.5
41.8
44.2

53.1
56.5
59.8
63.2

70.1
74.5
79.0
83.4

106
113
120
126

148
158
167
177

212
226
239
253

266
282
299
316

25.0
27.5
30.0
32.5

12.5

50
55
60
65

25

100
110
120
130

50

0.33
0.35
0.36
0.38

0.66
0.69
0.73
0.76

1.33
1.40
1.46
1.53

2.65
2.79
2.92
3.06

4.65
4.89
5.12
5.36

7.95
8.36
8.76
9.17

13.3
14.0
14.6
15.3

22.0
23.1
24.2
25.3

33.3
34.9
36.6
38.3

46.5
48.9
51.2
53.6

66.5 87.8
69.9 92.2
73.2 96.6
76.6 101

133
140
146
153

186
195
205
214

266
279
293
306

333
349
366
383

35.0
37.5
40.0
42.5
45.0
47.5
50.0

15

70
75
80
85
90
95
100

30

140
150
160
170
180
190
200

60

0.40
0.42
0.43
0.45
0.47
0.48
0.50

0.80
0.83
0.86
0.90
0.93
0.97
1.00

1.60
1.67
1.73
1.80
1.87
1.93
2.00

3.19
3.33
3.46
3.60
3.73
3.87
4.00

5.59
5.83
6.06
6.30
6.53
6.77
7.00

9.57
9.98
10.4
10.8
11.2
11.6
12.0

16.0
16.7
17.3
18.0
18.7
19.3
20.0

26.4
27.5
28.6
29.7
30.8
31.9
33.0

40.0
41.6
43.3
45.0
46.7
48.3
50.0

55.9
58.3
60.6
63.0
65.3
67.7
70.0

12

12

12

12

12

16

20

15

30

60

79.9
83.3
86.6
90.0
93.3
96.7
100

105
110
114
119
123
128
132

160
167
173
180
187
193
200

224
233
242
252
261
271
280

320
333
346
360
373
387
400

400
416
433
450
467
483
500

42

48

64

72

80

90

Nominal load FN in kN

Nominal travel sN
Load group LGV

24

30

36

94 162 268 442 670


47
81 134 221 335
23.5 40.5 67.0 110.5 167.5

940
470
235

Spring rates R in N/mm


Nominal travel sN

50
100
200

6.8
3.4
1.7

13.6
6.8
3.4

26.8
13.4
6.7

54
27
13.5

1340 1768 2680 3760 5360 6700


670 884 1340 1880 2680 3350
335 442 670 940 1340 1675

39

Standard products spring hangers/spring supports

Selection

Standard products spring hangers

HYDRA variable spring hanger with double lug

Standard version

Options

Hanger preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Hanger not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Order example: FHD 11.100.42


VH
size

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

nom.
travel
sN
mm
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200

nom.
load
FN
kN

type
FHD...

01.050.12
0.5 01.100.12
01.200.12
02.050.12
1
02.100.12
02.200.12
03.050.12
2
03.100.12
03.200.12
04.050.12
4
04.100.12
04.200.12
05.050.12
7
05.100.12
05.200.12
06.050.16
12
06.100.16
06.200.16
07.050.20
20
07.100.20
07.200.20
08.050.24
33
08.100.24
08.200.24
09.050.30
50
09.100.30
09.200.30
10.050.36
70
10.100.36
10.200.36
11.050.42
100
11.100.42
11.200.42
12.050.48
132
12.100.48
12.200.48
13.050.64
200
13.100.64
13.200.64
14.050.72
280
14.100.72
14.200.72
15.050.80
400
15.100.80
15.200.80
16.050.90
500
16.100.90
16.200.90

Series FHD

(standard version)

spring load instalrate group lation


R
LGV dim. E*
N/mm
mm
6.8
220
3.4 12
300
1.7
470
13.6
220
6.8 12
300
3.4
470
26.8
230
13.4 12
305
6.7
480
54.0
230
27.0 12
305
13.5
480
94.0
285
47.0 12
380
23.5
605
162.0
300
81.0 16
395
40.5
620
268.0
350
134.0 20
450
67.0
695
442.0
410
221.0 24
520
110.5
795
670.0
510
335.0 30
640
167.5
985
940
510
470
36
640
235
985
1340
565
670
42
710
335
1100
1768
490
884
48
600
442
880
2680
615
1340
64
750
670
1095
3760
645
1880
72
780
940
1125
5360
720
2680
80
865
1340
1255
6700
970
3350
90
1115
1675
1505

main dimensions
A
mm
185
265
435
185
265
435
195
270
445
195
270
445
250
345
570
250
345
570
290
390
635
335
445
720
435
565
910
435
565
910
485
630
1020
420
530
810
500
635
980
540
675
1020
615
760
1150
615
760
1150

B*
mm

D
mm

85

110

85

110

85

120

85

120

85

150

110

150

130

180

165

230

175

255

180

255

205

285

200

490

270

560

265

620

270

720

535

720

connecting dimensions
H
mm
155
235
405
155
235
405
165
240
415
165
240
415
210
305
530
210
305
530
245
345
590
280
390
665
350
480
825
350
480
825
405
550
940
300
410
690
370
505
850
390
525
870
445
590
980
445
590
980

approx.
weight

a
mm

b
mm

c
mm

d
mm

r
mm

v
mm

12

12

M12

12

12

12

M12

12

12

12

M12

12

12

12

M12

12

16

12

M12

20

16

16

M16

20

20

20

M20

25

24

10

24

M24

30

36

15

33

M30

55

36

15

40

M36

55

36

15

45

M42

60

50

20

50

M48

90

33

50

20

70

M64

100

38

50

25

80

M72

120

43

60

25

90

M80

135

48

60

25

100

M90

150

48

kg
3
4
6
3
4
7
4
5
8
4
6
9
9
11
16
10
13
19
18
23
34
34
43
63
60
73
108
65
82
123
103
127
188
213
248
330
365
412
549
513
587
765
760
869
1133
829
957
1268

* Dimensions refer to non-preset initial position at minimum load; dimensions increase with the preset by an amount equal to the preset travel.
40

HYDRA variable spring hanger


with threaded connection
Options

Hanger preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Hanger not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Order example: FHG 11.100.42


VH
size

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

nom.
travel
sN
mm
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200

nom.
load
FN
kN
0.5

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

200

280

400

500

type
FHG...
01.050.12
01.100.12
01.200.12
02.050.12
02.100.12
02.200.12
03.050.12
03.100.12
03.200.12
04.050.12
04.100.12
04.200.12
05.050.12
05.100.12
05.200.12
06.050.16
06.100.16
06.200.16
07.050.20
07.100.20
07.200.20
08.050.24
08.100.24
08.200.24
09.050.30
09.100.30
09.200.30
10.050.36
10.100.36
10.200.36
11.050.42
11.100.42
11.200.42
12.050.48
12.100.48
12.200.48
13.050.64
13.100.64
13.200.64
14.050.72
14.100.72
14.200.72
15.050.80
15.100.80
15.200.80
16.050.90
16.100.90
16.200.90

(standard version)
spring
rate
R
N/mm
6.8
3.4
1.7
13.6
6.8
3.4
26.8
13.4
6.7
54.0
27.0
13.5
94.0
47.0
23.5
162.0
81.0
40.5
268.0
134.0
67.0
442.0
221.0
110.5
670.0
335.0
167.5
940
470
235
1340
670
335
1768
884
442
2680
1340
670
3760
1880
940
5360
2680
1340
6700
3350
1675

load
group
LGV

12

12

12

12

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

64

72

80

90

installation
dim. E*
A
mm
mm
175
165
255
245
425
415
175
165
255
245
425
415
185
175
260
250
435
425
185
175
260
250
435
425
230
225
325
320
550
545
240
225
335
320
560
545
270
255
370
355
615
600
320
300
430
410
705
685
390
380
520
510
865
855
380
380
510
510
855
855
440
430
585
575
975
965
350
355
460
465
740
745
465
440
600
575
945
920
475
460
610
595
955
940
530
520
675
665
1065
1055
785
525
930
670
1320
1060

main dimensions
B*
mm

D
mm

85

110

85

110

85

120

85

120

85

150

110

150

130

180

165

230

175

255

180

255

205

285

200

490

270

560

265

620

270

720

535

720

connecting dimensions
H
mm
155
235
405
155
235
405
165
240
415
165
240
415
210
305
530
210
305
530
245
345
590
280
390
665
350
480
825
350
480
825
405
550
940
300
410
690
370
505
850
390
525
870
445
590
980
445
590
980

d
mm

e
mm

v
mm

M12

27

M12

27

M12

27

M12

27

M12

33

M16

35

M20

44

M24

55

M30

67

M36

70

M42

72

M48

75

33

M64

90

38

M72

90

43

M80

95

48

M90

95

48

approx.
weight
kg
3
4
6
3
4
6
4
5
8
4
5
8
8
10
16
9
12
19
17
22
33
33
41
62
56
68
103
61
77
118
97
122
183
200
235
317
341
388
526
469
543
721
704
813
1077
772
900
1211

* Dimensions refer to non-preset initial position at minimum load; dimensions increase with the preset by an amount equal to the preset travel.
41

Standard products spring hangers

Standard version

Series FHG

Standard products spring hangers

HYDRA variable spring hanger with continuous tie rod Series FHS

Standard version

Options

Hanger preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Hanger not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Order example: FHS 11.100.42


VH
size

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

nom.
travel
sN
mm
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200

nom.
load
FN
kN
0.5

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

200

280

400

500

type
FHS...
01.050.12
01.100.12
01.200.12
02.050.12
02.100.12
02.200.12
03.050.12
03.100.12
03.200.12
04.050.12
04.100.12
04.200.12
05.050.12
05.100.12
05.200.12
06.050.16
06.100.16
06.200.16
07.050.20
07.100.20
07.200.20
08.050.24
08.100.24
08.200.24
09.050.30
09.100.30
09.200.30
10.050.36
10.100.36
10.200.36
11.050.42
11.100.42
11.200.42
12.050.48
12.100.48
12.200.48
13.050.64
13.100.64
13.200.64
14.050.72
14.100.72
14.200.72
15.050.80
15.100.80
15.200.80
16.050.90
16.100.90
16.200.90

(standard version)
spring load instalrate group lation
R
LGV dim. E*
N/mm
mm
6.8
290
3.4 12
425
1.7
700
13.6
290
6.8 12
425
3.4
700
26.8
300
13.4 12
430
6.7
710
54.0
300
27.0 12
430
13.5
710
94.0
355
47.0 12
500
23.5
830
162.0
375
81.0 16
520
40.5
850
268.0
420
134.0 20
570
67.0
920
442.0
495
221.0 24
660
110.5
1035
670.0
570
335.0 30
755
167.5
1200
940
580
470
36
765
235
1210
1340
650
670
42
850
335
1340
1768
535
884
48
705
442
1090
2680
680
1340
64
875
670
1325
3760
700
1880
72
895
940
1345
5360
770
2680
80
970
1340
1470
6700
790
3350
90
990
1675
1490

main dimensions
A
mm
160
240
410
160
240
410
170
245
420
170
245
420
215
310
535
215
310
535
230
330
575
265
375
650
335
465
810
335
465
810
390
535
925
305
415
695
375
510
855
395
530
875
455
600
990
455
600
990

B*
mm
75
130
235
75
130
235
75
130
235
75
130
235
80
130
235
80
130
235
80
130
235
90
145
245
90
145
245
90
145
245
90
145
245
85
145
250
85
145
250
85
145
250
85
140
250
85
140
250

connecting dimensions

approx.
weight

D
mm

d
mm

k
mm

m
mm

s
mm

t
mm

v
mm

110

M12

12

130

95

110

M12

12

130

95

120

M12

14

150

10

110

120

M12

14

150

10

110

150

M12

18

190

12

130

150

M16

18

190

12

130

180

M20

23

220

12

160

230

M24

23

270

15

200

255

M30

27

300

15

215

255

M36

27

300

15

215

285

M42

27

340

20

250

490

M48

27

530

25

460

30

560

M64

27

590

30

520

40

620

M72

27

640

35

570

40

720

M80

33

760

40

670

50

720

M90

33

760

40

670

50

kg
3
5
7
4
5
7
5
6
9
5
7
10
11
13
19
11
15
22
19
24
36
37
46
67
61
74
109
64
81
121
99
124
184
203
239
322
330
378
513
451
525
698
697
804
1060
740
865
1165

* Dimensions refer to non-preset initial position at minimum load; dimensions increase with the preset by an amount equal to the preset travel.
42

steel support plate

with support plate


Permissible lateral force: 0.3 * FN for VH size 01 11
0.1 * FN for VH size 12 16
Standard version

Options

Support preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Support not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Order example: FSS 11.100.00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

nom.
travel
sN
mm
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200

nom.
load
FN
kN

type

FSS...
FSP...
01.050.00
0.5 01.100.00
01.200.00
02.050.00
1
02.100.00
02.200.00
03.050.00
2
03.100.00
03.200.00
04.050.00
4
04.100.00
04.200.00
05.050.00
7
05.100.00
05.200.00
06.050.00
12
06.100.00
06.200.00
07.050.00
20
07.100.00
07.200.00
08.050.00
33
08.100.00
08.200.00
09.050.00
50
09.100.00
09.200.00
10.050.00
70
10.100.00
10.200.00
11.050.00
100
11.100.00
11.200.00
12.050.00
132
12.100.00
12.200.00
13.050.00
200
13.100.00
13.200.00
14.050.00
280
14.100.00
14.200.00
15.050.00
400
15.100.00
15.200.00
16.050.00
500
16.100.00
16.200.00

WITZENMANN

(standard version)

spring load instalrate group lation


R
LGV dim. E*
N/mm
mm
6.8
190
3.4
280
1.7
480
13.6
190
6.8
280
3.4
480
26.8
200
13.4
285
6.7
490
54.0
200
27.0
285
13.5
490
94.0
245
47.0
355
23.5
610
162.0
245
81.0
355
40.5
610
268.0
275
134.0
390
67.0
665
442.0
320
221.0
440
110.5
745
670.0
390
335.0
535
167.5
905
940
390
470
535
235
905
1340
445
670
605
335
1020
1768
425
884
550
442
860
2680
495
1340
645
670
1020
3760
515
1880
665
940
1040
5360
590
2680
750
1340
1170
6700
590
3350
750
1675
1170
not relevant

VH
size

with PTFE layer

Series FSS
Series FSP

main
dimensions
A
D
mm
mm
140
220
100
390
140
220
100
290
150
225
115
400
150
225
115
420
195
290
140
515
195
290
140
515
225
325
170
570
260
370
220
645
330
460
245
805
330
460
245
805
385
530
275
920
305
415
490
695
375
510
560
855
395
530
620
875
455
600
720
990
455
600
720
990

connecting dimensions
k
mm

m
mm

p
mm

s
mm

t
mm

12

130

70

12

130

70

14

150

14

v
mm

approx.
weight
w
mm

d/SW
mm

95

12

95

12

70

10

110

12

150

70

10

110

12

18

190

100

12

130

10

17

18

190

100

12

130

15

17

23

220

100

12

160

15

17

23

270

120

15

200

15

22

27

300

120

15

215

15

27

27

300

150

15

215

15

27

27

340

150

20

250

15

27

27

530

150

25

460

30

25

145

27

590

180

30

520

40

25

145

27

640

200

35

570

40

25

145

33

760

260

40

570

50

40

145

33

760

260

40

570

50

40

145

kg
4
6
8
4
6
9
6
7
10
6
7
11
12
14
21
12
16
24
19
24
36
36
45
67
59
72
109
61
79
122
95
120
182
222
257
339
353
399
533
475
548
720
734
840
1095
777
902
1200

*Dimension does not depend on preset position; it changes upon loading by an amount equal to the corresponding spring travel.
Adjustment: +30 mm max. spring travel: sN 50 = -35 mm, sN 100 = -45 mm, sN 200 = -75 mm; this increases when the adjustment is used.

43

Standard products spring supports

HYDRA variable spring support

Standard products spring support

HYDRA sway support

Series FSG

Variable spring support with spherical sway head


Installation dimension E can be subsequently adjusted to suit actual installation conditions.
Standard version

Options

Support preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Support not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Order example: FSG 06.100.1000.46


VH
size
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11

nom.
travel
sN
mm
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

nom.
load
FN
kN
0,5
1
2
4
7
12
20
33
50
70
100

type
FSG ...
01.100.0800.008
02.100.0800.008
03.100.0800.008
04.100.0800.008
05.100.1000.046
06.100.1000.046
07.100.1000.046
08.100.1200.046
09.100.1400.100
10.100.1400.100
11.100.1400.100

spring
rate
R
N/mm
3,4
6,8
13,4
27
47
81
134
221
335
470
670

(standard version)
nom. installation dim.
length
E*
ENom
min
max
A
mm
mm
mm
mm
800
400 1250 228

main dimensions
B*
mm
98

D
mm
102

G
mm
34

M
mm
130

800

410

1250

235

98

114

34

150

1000

490

1550

305

101

140

51

190

1000
1200
1400

525
595
720

1550
1750
1950

340
390
480

101
105
126

168
219
245

51
76
89

220
270
300

1400

795

1950

555

126

273

89

340

connecting dimensions approx.


weight at
b
f
d
ENom
mm
mm
mm
kg
10
12
12
8
8
10
12
12
10
11
16
20
17
23
24
16
20
17
34
16
20
22
66
22
30
27
101
108
22
30
27
157

*Dimension does not depend on preset position; it changes upon loading by an amount equal to the corresponding spring travel.
Adjustment: +30 mm max. spring travel: -45 mm; this increases when the adjustment is used.
Use HYDRA bracket MBS for on-site connections and for connecting to clamp.

44

Standard products sway supports/bracket

Connections for sway supports (FSG)

HYDRA dynamic load


clamps, MSN series
Sheet metal support ensures optimum transfer of
reaction force into pipe.
Suitable material combinations enable high
pipe temperatures to be
accommodated. The
hinged connection corresponds to the HYDRA
bracket MBS (see below).

Special mounting parts,


dynamic load clamps and
brackets are available
for connecting these
supports to pipes and
structural steelwork.
The design of these parts
enables dynamic loads to
be supported without any
problems.

For dimensions see pages


91 93.

HYDRA bracket (with bolt)

Series MBS

The brackets are designed


for welding. They permit
a lateral angular deviation
of 6.
Materials:
S 355 J2G 3
(bracket)
stainless steel
(bolt)

Surface Protection:
bracket primed (standard)
or blank, bolt blank
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: MBS 018

(standard version)

sway
supports
VH size
0104
0508
0911

nom.
load
FN
kN
8
18
46
100

type

MBS 008
MBS 018
MBS 046
MBS 100

installation
dim.
E
mm
35
40
50
75

main dimensions
A
mm
30
35
55
90

B
mm
37
43
55
80

connecting dimensions
L
mm
46
52
65
95

b
mm
10.5
12.5
16.5
22.5

c
mm
12
15
20
30

s
mm
12
13
15
23

weld
a
mm
3
4
5
8

approx.
weight
kg
0.3
0.6
1.1
3.8

45

Standard products double hanger

HYDRA double hanger with trapeze

Selection
The table below shows the
possible loads for the 11 VH
sizes available as double
hangers, depending on the
hanger travel and on the
nominal travel sN of 50, 100
or 200 mm.

The other selection criteria


correspond to those for
single hangers type FHG
(see page 41).
Example
Requirement:

The maximum load equals


the nominal load FN of the
double hanger and will
therefore amount to twice
the load of single hangers.

Double hanger with trapeze,


hot-dip galvanized
Metric connecting thread
Span: L = 800 mm
Pipe shoe: LUR 350.170
For calculating the required (see page 48)
load Fs, the loads resulting
Hot load: Fw = 30 kN
from weight of pipe shoe
Required travel, upwards:
(FA) and trapeze (FT), and
ss = 25 mm
from the active weight of the Preset at cold load Fk
hangers (FH) (1 kg = approx.
0.01 kN) must be added to
the load of the pipe.
Nominal travel sN
in mm
100

50
Hanger travel

Selection:

Required hot load at


hanger:
Fs = Fw + FA + FT + FH
Fs = 30 + 0.2 + 0.2 + 0.2*)
Fs = 30.6 kN
Preset load: 37.3 kN
Travel reserve: sR = 10 mm
Lastnderung:
F = 25 x 268 = 6.7 kN
corresponding to 22%
of Fw

In the case of upward


required travel where the
hot load occurs at a lower
load, a hanger size should
be selected which has a
cold load as close as possible to the nominal load.
Result:
VH size: 07
Nominal travel: sN = 100 mm
(from recommended working travel Ss = 25 mm).

Cold load at pipe:


Fk = 37.3 0.9 = 36.4 kN
*) Active loads taken from tables
(pages 47-48).

FDT 07.100.0800.20

VH size
200

01

02

03

Rec. working travel

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

Required load Fs, depending on travel

mm

kN

0
2.5

0
5

10

0
10

20

0.32
0.35

0.64
0.71

1.32
1.45

2.60
2.87

4.60
5.07

7.80
8.61

13.2
14.5

21.8
24.0

33.0
36.4

46.0
50.7

66.0
72.7

5.0
7.5
10.0
12.5

10
15
20
25

15

20
30
40
50

30

0.39
0.42
0.46
0.49

0.78
0.84
0.91
0.98

1.59
1.72
1.86
1.99

3.14
3.41
3.68
3.95

5.54
6.01
6.48
6.95

9.42
10.2
11.0
11.9

15.9
17.2
18.6
19.9

26.2
28.4
30.6
32.9

39.7
43.1
46.4
49.8

55.4
60.1
64.8
69.5

79.4
86.1
92.8
99.5

15.0
17.5
20.0
22.5

10

30
35
40
45

20

60
70
80
90

40

0.52
0.56
0.59
0.63

1.05
1.12
1.18
1.25

2.12
2.26
2.39
2.53

4.22
4.49
4.76
5.03

7.42
7.89
8.36
8.83

12.7
13.5
14.3
15.1

21.2
22.6
23.9
25.3

35.1
37.3
39.5
41.7

53.1
56.5
59.8
63.2

74.2
78.9
83.6
88.3

106
113
120
126

25.0
27.5
30.0
32.5

13

50
55
60
65

25

100
110
120
130

50

0.66
0.69
0.73
0.76

1.32
1.39
1.46
1.52

2.66
2.79
2.93
3.06

5.30
5.57
5.84
6.11

9.30
9.77
10.2
10.7

15.9
16.7
17.5
18.3

26.6
27.9
29.3
30.6

43.9
46.1
48.3
50.5

66.5
69.9
73.2
76.6

93.0
97.7
102
107

133
140
146
153

35.0
37.5
40.0
42.5
45.0
47.5
50.0

15

70
75
80
85
90
95
100

30

140
150
160
170
180
190
200

60

0.80
0.83
0.86
0.90
0.93
0.97
1.00

1.59
1.66
1.73
1.80
1.86
1.93
2.00

3.20
3.33
3.46
3.60
3.73
3.87
4.00

6.38
6.65
6.92
7.19
7.46
7.73
8.00

11.2
11.7
12.1
12.6
13.1
13.5
14.0

19.1
20.0
20.8
21.6
22.4
23.2
24.0

32.0
33.3
34.6
36.0
37.3
38.7
40.0

52.7
55.0
57.2
59.4
61.6
63.8
66.0

79.9
83.3
86.6
90.0
93.3
96.7
100

112
117
121
126
131
135
140

160
167
173
180
187
193
200

15

30

60

Nominal load FN in kN

Nominal travel sN
Load group LGV

12

12

12

12

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

108
54
27

188
94
47

324
162
81

536
268
134

884
442
221

1340
670
335

1880
940
470

2680
1340
670

Spring rates R in N/mm


Nominal travel sN

46

50
100
200

13.6
6.8
3.4

27.2
13.6
6.8

53.6
26.8
13.4

Standard version

Options

Hanger preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Hanger not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Order example: FDT 07.100.0800.20

(standard version)

Dimensions and active weights of hangers


VH
size

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

nom. nom.
travel load
sN
mm
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200
050
100
200

FN
kN
1

14

24

40

66

100

140

200

type
FDT...
01.050..1)..12
01.100..1)..12
01.200..1)..12
02.050..1)..12
02.100..1)..12
02.200..1)..12
03.050..1)..12
03.100..1)..12
03.200..1)..12
04.050..1)..12
04.100..1)..12
04.200..1)..12
05.050..1)..12
05.100..1)..12
05.200..1)..12
06.050..1)..16
06.100..1)..16
06.200..1)..16
07.050..1)..20
07.100..1)..20
07.200..1)..20
08.050..1)..24
08.100..1)..24
08.200..1)..24
09.050..1)..30
09.100..1)..30
09.200..1)..30
10.050..1)..36
10.100..1)..36
10.200..1)..36
11.050..1)..42
11.100..1)..42
11.200..1)..42

Standard products double hanger

Series FDT

spring load inrate group stal.


dim.
R
LGV E*
N/mm
mm
13.6
6.8 12
55
3.4
27.2
13.6 12
55
6.8
53.6
26.8 12
55
13.4
108
54
12
55
27
188
94
12
60
47
324
162
16
75
81
536
268
20
90
134
884
442
24 105
221
1340
670
30 110
335
1880
940
36 110
470
2680
1340
42 120
670

Dimensions and weights of trapezes

dimensions
B* D
H
mm mm mm
155
85 110 235
405
155
85 110 235
405
165
85 120 240
415
165
85 120 240
415
210
85 150 305
530
210
110 150 305
530
245
130 180 345
590
280
165 230 390
665
350
175 255 480
825
350
180 255 480
825
405
205 285 550
940

d
e
mm mm
M12 20

M12 20

M12 20

M12 20

M12 25

M16 25

M20 30

M24 30

M30 35

M36 35

M42 40

span L

approx. dim.
weight2 in mm
kg
4
6
9
4
6
9
5
7
10
5
7
10
9
12
18
9
12
18
15
18
27
29
36
52
42
51
74
42
51
74
76
87
115

weight
in kg
C
U
weight
C
U
weight
C
U
weight
C
U
weight
C
U
weight
C
U
weight
C
U
weight
C
U
weight
C
U
weight
C
U
weight
C
U
weight

400
46
80
2
46
80
2
55
100
2
100
100
6
100
100
6
100
100
6
120
120
7

600
46
80
3
46
80
3
55
100
4
100
100
10
100
100
10
100
100
10
120
120
12
160
160
18
200
200
25
240
240
35
300
300
49

800
46
80
4
46
80
4
55
100
6
100
100
14
100
100
14
100
100
14
120
120
17
160
160
26
220
220
43
240
240
51
300
300
72

1000
46
80
5
46
80
5
55
100
7
100
100
18
100
100
18
100
100
18
140
140
29
180
180
42
220
220
58
260
260
76
300
300
96

1200
46
80
7
46
80
7
55
100
9
100
100
22
100
100
22
120
120
29
160
160
45
180
180
52
220
220
72
260
260
94
300
300
119

1400
46
80
8
46
80
8
55
100
10
100
100
27
100
100
26
120
120
34
160
160
53
200
200
74
240
240
100
260
260
113
300
300
142

1600
46
80
9
46
80
9
55
100
12
100
100
31
100
100
30
120
120
40
160
160
62
200
200
87
240
240
117
280
280
146
320
320
180

1800
46
80
10
46
80
10
55
100
14
100
100
35
120
120
45
120
120
45
180
180
85
220
220
115
240
240
134
280
280
166
320
320
205

2000
46
80
11
55
100
15
55
100
15
100
100
39
120
120
50
140
140
63
180
180
95
220
220
130
260
260
168
280
280
187
320
320
231

Enter span in mm.


Active weight of both hangers; for total weight of hanger see FHG, page 41.
*Dimensions refer to non-preset initial position at minimum load; dimensions increase with the preset by an amount equal to the preset travel.

1)
2)

47

Standard products pipe shoes

HYDRA pipe shoes

Series LUR

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2, 16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
Surface protection:
blank

Surface protection:
primed
Surface protection:
hot-dip galvanized
(only with S 235 JRG 2)
(see page 26 for
option code)

Order example: LUR 0350.170.250-37.3

(S 235 JRG 2, primed)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom. dim.

outer pipe
diameter

nom.
height

nom. load

type

max.
insulation
thickness

installation
dim.

DN
-

D
mm

H
mm
102
162
212
108
168
218
110
170
220
111
171
221
165
225
293
168
228
296
169
229
297
170
230
298
189
249
319
192
252
322
193
253
323
196
256
326

FN
kN
22
22
22
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
33
33
38
39
39
45
39
39
45
39
39
45
61
61
66
61
61
66
61
61
66
79
79
85

LUR...

J
mm
92
152
192
98
158
198
100
160
200
101
161
201
155
215
273
158
218
276
159
219
277
160
220
278
179
239
299
182
242
302
183
243
303
186
246
306

E
mm
146
206
256
165
225
275
180
240
290
195
255
305
274
334
403
304
364
432
331
391
459
348
408
476
392
452
522
420
480
550
447
507
577
501
561
631

80

88.9

100

114.3

125

139.7

150

168.3

200

219.1

250

273

300

323.9

350

355.6

400

406.4

450

457

500

508

600

610

Pipe shoes are designed for


use on trapezes free to move in
all directions, not on trapezes
with guides. If in individual cases
the pipe shoes indicated are

48

0080.102.200
0080.162.200
0080.212.200
0100.108.200
0100.168.200
0100.218.200
0125.110.200
0125.170.200
0125.220.200
0150.111.200
0150.171.200
0150.221.200
0200.165.250
0200.225.250
0200.293.250
0250.168.250
0250.228.250
0250.296.250
0300.169.250
0300.229.250
0300.297.250
0350.170.250
0350.230.250
0350.298.250
0400.189.330
0400.249.330
0400.319.330
0450.192.330
0450.252.330
0450.322.330
0500.193.330
0500.253.330
0500.323.330
0600.196.330
0600.256.330
0600.326.330

not suitable, sliding supports


described in our publication
Supports can be used.

dimensions

A
mm
80

80

80

80

120

120

120

120

200

200

200

200

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by


linear interpolation for each
specific type of material.
Loads for temperatures lower

B
mm
140
140
140
140
220
220
220
220

approx.
weight
L
mm
200

200

200

200

250

250

250

250

330

330

330

330

kg
4
5
7
6
8
9
7
8
9
7
9
10
12
14
20
15
17
23
16
18
24
17
19
25
32
36
47
34
37
49
36
39
51
45
48
60

than those given can be calculated depending on the material


from the nominal load FN by
using the temperature factors
on page 74.

HYDRA pipe shoes

Standard version

Options

Materials:
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
10CrMo9-10,
Surface protection:
blank

Surface protection:
primed
(see page 26 for
option code)

DN 150 700

Standard products pipe shoes

Series LUS

DN 800 1200

Order example: LUS 0300.233.250-10.0

nom. dia.

outer pipe
diameter

nom.
height

nom.
load

type

DN
150

D
mm
168.3
219.1

250

273.0

300

323.9

350

355.6

400

406.4

450

457.0

500

508.0

550

559.0

600

610.0

700

711.0

800

813

850

864

900

914

1000

1016

1100

1120

1200

1220

FN
kN
77
77
102
102
132
132
132
132
132
132
206
214
208
214
209
214
249
264
255
267
258
267
279
292
279
292
339
354
343
362
343
362
343
362

LUS...

200

H
mm
211
261
223
273
228
278
233
283
248
298
255
305
260
310
265
315
270
320
290
330
300
340
310
350
310
350
325
365
335
385
335
385
335
385

Pipe shoes are designed for use


on trapezes free to move in all
directions, not on trapezes with
guides. If in individual cases the
pipe shoes indicated are not suit-

0150.211.250
0150.261.250
0200.223.250
0200.273.250
0250.228.250
0250.278.250
0300.233.250
0300.283.250
0350.248.250
0350.298.250
0400.255.330
0400.305.330
0450.260.330
0450.310.330
0500.265.330
0500.315.330
0550.270.330
0550.320.330
0600.290.330
0600.330.330
0700.300.330
0700.340.330
0800.310.330
0800.350.330
0850.310.330
0850.350.330
0900.325.330
0900.365.330
1000.335.330
1000.385.330
1100.335.330
1100.385.330
1200.335.330
1200.385.330

able, sliding supports described


in our publication Supports
can be used.

max.
insulation
thickness
J
mm
181
231
193
243
198
248
203
253
218
268
225
275
230
280
235
285
240
290
260
300
270
310
280
320
280
320
295
335
305
355
305
355
305
355

installation
dim.
E
mm
295
345
333
383
365
415
395
445
426
476
458
508
489
539
519
569
550
600
595
635
656
696
717
757
742
782
782
822
843
893
895
945
945
995

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by


linear interpolation for each
specific type of material. Loads
for temperatures lower than those

dimensions
A
mm
140

L
mm
250

140

250

200

250

200

250

200

250

300

330

300

330

300

330

350

330

350

330

350

330

400

330

400

330

400

330

500

330

500

330

500

330

approx.
weight
kg
13
15
17
19
23
25
24
27
26
28
48
52
50
54
51
56
63
67
66
69
71
75
106
109
110
113
134
139
156
163
163
171
171
178

given can be calculated depending on the material from the nominal load FN by using the temperature factors on page 74.

49

Standard products pipe shoes

HYDRA pipe shoes

H = 85 mm, S 235 JRG 2

Series LTD

H = 142 mm, S 235 JRG 2

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2, 16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
Surface protection:
blank

Surface protection:
primed
(see page 26 for option
code)

H = 142 mm, 192 mm, 16Mo3

Order example: LTD 0040.142.250-37.2


nom. dia.

outer pipe
diameter

nom.
height

nom.
load

type

DN
-

D
mm

H
mm
85
142
142
192
85
142
142
192
85
142
142
192
85
142
142
192
85
142
142
192
85
142
142
192
85
142
142
192

FN
kN

LTD...

15

21.3

20

26.9

25

33.7

32

42.4

40

48.3

50

60.3

65

76.1

Pipe shoes are designed for use


on trapezes free to move in all
directions, not on trapezes with
guides. If in individual cases the
pipe shoes indicated are not

50

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

0015.084.250
0015.141.250
0015.141.250
0015.191.250
0020.084.250
0020.141.250
0020.141.250
0020.191.250
0025.085.250
0025.142.250
0025.142.250
0025.192.250
0032.085.250
0032.142.250
0032.142.250
0032.192.250
0040.085.250
0040.142.250
0040.142.250
0040.192.250
0050.086.250
0050.143.250
0050.143.250
0050.193.250
0065.086.250
0065.143.250
0065.143.250
0065.193.250

suitable, sliding supports


described in our publication
Supports can be used.

max.
insulation
thickness
J
mm
74
131
121
171
74
131
121
171
75
132
122
172
75
132
122
172
75
132
122
172
76
133
123
173
76
133
123
173

installation
dim.
E
mm
95
152
152
202
97
154
154
204
102
159
159
209
106
163
163
213
109
166
166
216
116
173
173
223
124
181
181
231

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by linear


interpolation for each specific type
of material. Loads for temperatures
lower than those given can be cal-

dimensions
A
mm

L
mm

80

250

80

250

80

250

80

250

80

250

80

250

80

250

approx.
weight
kg
3
3
4
4
3
3
4
4
3
4
4
5
3
4
4
5
3
4
4
5
4
5
5
5
4
5
5
5

culated depending on the material


from the nominal load FN by using
the temperature factors on page 74.

Operating principle

Main features

Constant hangers and


constant supports are
movable pipe supports
with a constant loadbearing behaviour.

Suitable for use in industrial


plants, both indoors and
outdoors, on ships and
offshore platforms (select
appropriate corrosion
protection).

Load/Travel diagram (principle)

Their suitability for use


in power plants has
been proven by tests to
VGB R 510 L and KTA
3205.3 standards.

Load

Permissible angular deviation of tie rods in hangers


is 4 in all directions (does
not apply to constant
supports).

Minimum adjustability of
load after installation is
15% without adversely
affecting hanger travel.

In extreme cases 2.5 times


the nominal load FN can
be sustained without
permanent deformation.
In such cases, a nonpreset hanger travels
downwards to the lower
position.

suitable gradation has


been achieved.
Nominal travels from 50
to 500 mm in small, pre-

defiend steps may be


selected. Greater travels
on request.
Five versions/series are

The allowable ambient


temperature is 80 C.

Travel

Maximum deviation from


constant required load
(load deviation) for a straight
load application is 5%
(friction component < 3%).

The infinitely-variable travel


stop remains attached to
the housing for further use.
Maintenance-free
no wear and tear, and no
need for spare parts!
(For further information,
see The products,
page 16 17.)

Load gradation
The total load range from
0.04 to 500 kN is covered
by just 20 CH sizes. An
economical and technically

available for each VH size,


thus ensuring easy selection of suitable hangers for
every situation.

Gradation of HYDRA constant hangers/constant supports

500

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

CH size
09 10

11

12 13

14 15 16 17 18

19

20

400

300

01

Nominal travel s N in mm

200

100
max. required load FS max
nominal load FN
range of adjustment

50
0.05

0.1

0.2 0.3

0.5

1
2
3
10
20
5
Required load FS in kN (load reserve 15%)

30

50

100

200 300

500

51

Standard products constant hangers/supports

HYDRA constant hangers/constant supports

Standard products constant hangers/supports

HYDRA constant hangers/constant supports

Connection criteria for different series


KHD

Horizontal constant
hangers with double
lugs, bolts and turnbuckle
included, are suitable for
connecting directly to the
overhead loadbearing
structure. Connection is by
way of welded or clamping
lugs. The main bolt is suitable for carrying the load,
including the weight of
the hanger. The secondary
bolt fixes the hanger in
position.

KVD

The vertical constant


hanger with double
lugs, bolts and turnbuckle
included, is suitable for
connecting directly to the
overhead loadbearing
structure. This type is
selected when space is
limited.

KHS

The horizontal constant


hanger, base-mounted
type, turnbuckle included,
is suitable for mounting
on the loadbearing steel
structure when the turnbuckle supporting the load
is to be located below the
steel structure. The hanger
is bolted in position with
the spring housing parallel
to the beams

KVS

The vertical constant


hanger, base-mounted
type, turnbuckle included,
is suitable for mounting
on the loadbearing steel
structure, with the turnbuckle placed in a readily
accessible position above
the steelwork.
For large hangers, the
overall height is reduced
by placing the mechanism
housing between the
spring columns.

KSR

The constant support


roller is suitable for bolting
to the top of the loadbearing structure. The load is
carried by the top roller.
For this purpose, the component supported is fitted
with a loadbearing flat
sliding shoe.

The roller reduces the


lateral force in the rolling
direction to approx. 3%
of the support reaction.
This, however, requires
exact positioning of the
support in the direction of
the horizontal movement.
The load deviation of the
support is not affected.

KSP

The constant support


with support plate is
suitable for bolting to the
top of the loadbearing
structure. The load is carried by the PTFE-covered
support plate on the top.
For this purpose, the component supported is fitted
with a loadbearing flat
sliding shoe.

This version allows relative


movements in all directions
for lateral forces of 6 10%
of the support reaction.
The increased lateral force
causes a slight increase in
the friction component of
the constant support.
ZZK

The sliding surface of the


shoe must be of stainless
steel.
Differences in height can
be compensated for by
using an intermediate
piece.
52

may be selected as long as


the maximum required
load is adequate.
If subsequent load adjustment is not required (e.g.
The table below shows the with boiler hangers), the
maximum required loads
nominal load FN may be
Fs max based on the nominal chosen as the required load.
travel sN for each CH size. The required load Fs is set
The required load permits
at the factory. A hanger
a load adjustment of 15% travel (nominal travel sN)
before the nominal load FN somewhat larger than the
is reached. The most suit- required travel value ss
able hanger is selected on should always be selected.
the basis of the required
The required travel usually
nominal travel sN and relies in the middle of the
quired load Fs by choosing nominal travel.
the CH size with a the next The intended travel rehigher maximum load Fs max. serves sR will then be availIn this respect, a nominal
able equally at both ends
travel sN higher than required of the hanger travel. They

should both amount to at


least 10% of ss, but not
less than 10 mm. The resulting preset position and
installation dimension E
depending on the direction
of movement from cold
position to hot position is:
E = E* + 0.5 (sN ss) for
upward (+) or downward (-)
movement.

Selection:
Fs max 22 kN
sN ss + 2sR = ss x 1.2
148 x 1.2 = 177.6 mm
Result: nominal travel 180 mm
VH size 11
Load group 24
KHD 11.180.24

with Fs max = 26.1 kN


(adjusted to Fs = 22 kN)
sN = 180 mm
Example
(travel reserves 2 x 11%)
Connecting thread M24
Requirement:
Installation dimension E:
Horizontal constant hanger E = E* + 0.5 (sN + ss )
= 740 + 0.5 (180 + 148)
with double lug
= 904 mm (E* s. p. 55)
Required load: Fs = 22 kN
Required travel: ss =148 mm, Please specify any different
upwards
preset positions required.
(The installation dimension E is
reduced for the KVS series.)

Load/Travel table for constant hangers (see page 62 for constant supports)
nom.
travel
sN
mm
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

CH size
10
11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

maximum required load Fs max in kN


0.47
0.39
0.33
0.29
0.26
0.23
0.21
0.20
0.18
0.17
0.16
0.15
0.14
0.13
0.12
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.09
0.08

0.94
0.78
0.67
0.59
0.52
0.47
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.33
0.31
0.29
0.28
0.26
0.25
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.17
0.16

1.85
1.54
1.32
1.16
1.03
0.92
0.84
0.77
0.71
0.66
0.62
0.58
0.54
0.51
0.49
0.46
0.41
0.37
0.34
0.31

3.72
3.10
2.66
2.33
2.07
1.86
1.69
1.55
1.43
1.33
1.24
1.16
1.09
1.03
0.98
0.93
0.83
0.74
0.68
0.62

6.48
5.40
4.63
4.05
3.60
3.24
2.95
2.70
2.49
2.31
2.16
2.03
1.91
1.80
1.71
1.62
1.44
1.30
1.18
1.08

9.30
7.97
6.98
6.20
5.58
5.07
4.65
4.29
3.99
3.72
3.49
3.28
3.10
2.94
2.79
2.48
2.23
2.03
1.86
1.72
1.59

15.4
13.2
11.5
10.3
9.24
8.40
7.70
7.10
6.60
6.16
5.77
5.43
5.13
4.86
4.62
4.10
3.69
3.36
3.08
2.84
2.64

22.8
19.6
17.1
15.2
13.7
12.5
11.4
10.5
9.78
9.13
8.56
8.06
7.61
7.21
6.85
6.09
5.48
4.98
4.57
4.21
3.91
3.65
3.42
3.22
3.04
2.88
2.74

Load group LGV


Load group LGV
Connecting (DIN ISO)
thread
(inch)
Nominal load in kN
Approx. max. required load in kN. ca.

12
M 12
1/2
7
6

16
M 16
5/8
12
10

37.7
32.3
28.2
25.1
22.6
20.5
18.8
17.4
16.1
15.1
14.1
13.3
12.6
11.9
11.3
10.0
9.04
8.21
7.53
6.95
6.45
6.02
5.65
5.32
5.02
4.76
4.52
12
20
M 20
3/4
20
17

44.3
38.8
34.5
31.0
28.2
25.9
23.9
22.2
20.7
19.4
18.3
17.2
16.3
15.5
13.8
12.4
11.3
10.3
9.SS
8.87
8.28
7.76
7.30
6.90
6.53
6.21

24
M 24
1
33
29

61.0
58.8
52.3
47.0
42.8
39.2
36.2
33.6
31.4
29.4
27.7
26.1
24.8
23.5
20.9
18.8
17.1
15.7
14.5
13.4
12.5
11.8
11.1
10.5
9.90
9.41
16
30
M 30
1 1/8
50
43

73.3
66.0
60.0
55.0
50.8
47.1
44.0
41.2
38.8
36.7
34.7
33.0
29.3
26.4
24.0
22.0
20.3
18.9
17.6
16.5
15.5
14.7
13.9
13.2
20

105
94.1
85.5
78.4
72.4
67.2
62.7
58.8
55.3
52.3
49.5
47.0
41.8
37.6
34.2
31.4
28.9
26.9
25.1
23.5
22.1
20.9
19.8
18.8

36
M 36
1 1/2
70
61

Load
group
LGV

The required loads can be decreased


by up to 40% (down to the next
smaller CH size) in the factory.
Subsequent load adjustment of up
to 15% is possible in situ for every
140 preset required load.

128
117
108
100
93.5
87.7
82.5
77.9
73.8
70.1
62.3
56.1
51.0
46.8
43.2
40.1
37.4
35.1
33.0
31.2
29.5
28.1
24
42
M 42
1 3/4
100
87

154
142
132
123
116
109
103
97.4
92.5
82.2
74.0
67.3
61.7
56.9
52.9
49.3
46.3
43.5
41.1
39.0
37.0
30
48
M 48
2
132
115

209
200
187
175
165
156
147
140
124
112
102
93.4
86.2
80.0
74.7
70.0
65.9
62.2
59.0
56.0
36
56
M 56
2 1/4
180
157

261
246
232
219
207
197
175
157
143
131
121
112
105
98.4
92.6
87.5
82.9
78.7
42

330
312
295
281
249
224
204
187
173
160
150
140
132
125
118
112
48

64
M 64
2 1/2
240
209

435
414
394
350
315
286
262
242
225
210
197
185
175
166
157
56
72
M 72
2 3/4
300
261

435
408
374
345
321
299
281
264
249
236
224
64
80
M 80
3
400
348

90

80

72

90
M 90
3 1/2
500
435

53

Standard products constant hangers/supports

Selection of constant
hangers
For constant supports see
page 62.

Standard products Kconstant hangers/supports

HYDRA constant hangers/constant supports

Standard version

Options

Hanger preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Hanger not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Dimensions not depending on travel


main dimensions

CH
size

01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

54

AxB
mm
122
122
122
122
150
150
178
229
229
229
256
256
273
508
500 x 416
623 x 511
623 x 511
1140 x 510
1140 x 510
1250 x 560

C
mm
82
82
82
82
82
92
92
116
116
136
136
160
160
209
209
224
224
265
265
265

F
mm
248
248
248
248
314
314
351
645
645
645
812
812
880
948
948
1207
1207
1577
1577
1787

G
mm
126
126
126
126
126
171
171
217
217
241
241
281
281
367
367
457
457
633
633
633

H
mm
210
210
210
210
210
255
255
350
350
400
400
450
450
610
610
720
720
1000
1000
1000

SW
mm
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36
46
46
55
55
55
55
75
75
75
75
75

approx.
weight

load
group1)

kg
15
15
15
15
20
30
40
85
100
110
160
210
260
510
540
880
980
1750
1950
2650

LGV
12
16
20
24
30
36
42
48
56
64
72
80
90
1)

thread
d
mm
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56
M64
M72
M80
M90

connecting dimensions
a
mm
14
14
16
20
25
30
35
42
42
50
50
60
60

b
mm
6
6
6
10
10
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25

c1
mm
12
16
20
24
33
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100

c2
mm
12
12
16
20
24
33
33
40
40
45
45
45
45

e
mm
25
30
36
45
55
70
75
85
100
125
135
145
155

t
mm
70
85
95
120
120
150
160
160
230
240
270
300
300

z
mm
25
20
34
35
45
60
60
70
85
100
110
120
130

The load group for connecting parts depending on CH size and nominal
travel can be found in the load/travel table.

Order example: KHD 11.180.24

(standard)

Dimension depending on travel


01-05

CH size

06/07

08/09

10/11

12/13

14/15

16/17

18-20

Installation dimension E*/Load line position X


Nominal travel sN

E*
mm
441
436
431
426
421
416
411
406
401
396
391
386
381
376
371
366
354
341
329
316

X
mm
107
116
125
135
144
153
163
172
181
191
200
209
219
228
237
247
270
293
317
340

50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
Length of mechanism housing L
travel range
length
travel range
length
travel range
length
travel range
length

sN
L
sN
L
sN
L
sN
L

50-130
220
140-225
305
250-300
380

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

544
539
534
529
524
519
514
509
504
499
494
489
484
479
474
462
449
437
424
412
399

116
125
135
144
153
163
172
181
191
200
209
219
228
237
247
270
293
317
340
363
387

745
740
735
730
725
720
715
710
705
700
695
690
685
680
675
664
651
639
626
614
601
589
576
564
551
539
526

156
165
175
184
193
203
212
221
231
240
249
259
268
277
287
310
333
357
380
403
427
450
473
497
520
543
567

833
827
822
817
812
807
802
797
792
787
782
778
773
768
756
743
731
717
705
692
680
667
655
642
630
617

190
200
209
218
228
237
246
256
265
274
284
293
302
312
335
358
382
405
428
452
475
498
522
545
568
592

940
935
928
923
918
913
908
903
898
893
888
883
871
858
846
833
821
808
796
784
772
759
747
734

209
218
228
237
246
256
265
274
284
293
302
312
335
358
382
405
428
452
475
498
522
545
568
592

1157
1152
1147
1142
1137
1132
1127
1121
1116
1111
1106
1094
1081
1069
1056
1044
1031
1019
1006
994
981
969
956

288
298
307
316
326
335
344
354
363
372
382
405
428
452
475
498
522
545
568
592
615
638
662

1316
1311
1306
1301
1296
1291
1286
1281
1269
1256
1244
1231
1218
1205
1193
1180
1168
1155
1143
1130

316
326
335
344
354
363
372
382
405
428
452
475
498
522
545
568
592
615
638
662

1561
1556
1551
1546
1535
1522
1509
1496
1484
1471
1459
1446
1434
1421
1409
1396

409
418
427
437
460
483
507
530
553
577
600
623
647
670
693
717

60-160
250
170-250
340
275-350
440

60-225
360
250-325
450
350-425
550
450-500
630

70-250
410
275-375
525
400-500
650

90-275
450
300-400
560
425-500
660

100-275
660
300-500
740

130-500
770

170-500
900

The dimensions given (E*, X, L) are valid for CH sizes 15, 17, 19 and 20 only within the permissible travel range according to the load/travel table.
The load line position X will change slightly as it passes the total nominal travel (Xmax. = 7 % of sN).
E* applies to upper travel limit; it will increase according to the travel section upon changing the travel stop.

55

Standard products constant hangers/supports

Series KHD

Standard products constant hangers

HYDRA constant hangers

Standard version

Options

Hanger preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Hanger not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Dimensions not depending on travel


main dimensions

CH
size

01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

56

AxB
mm
122
122
122
122
150
150
178
229
229
229
256
256
273
508
416 x 500
511 x 623
511 x 623

C
mm
82
82
82
82
82
92
92
116
116
136
136
160
160
209
209
224
224

F
mm
248
248
248
248
314
314
351
645
645
645
812
812
880
948
948
1207
1207

G
mm
116
116
116
116
116
141
141
182
182
201
201
231
231
327
327
407
407

H
mm
498
498
498
498
564
599
636
1065
1065
1115
1282
1302
1370
1688
1688
2057
2057

SW
mm
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36
46
46
55
55
55
55
75
75

approx.
weight

load
group1)

kg
20
20
20
20
25
30
40
90
100
120
160
220
260
540
570
920
1020

LGV
12
16
20
24
30
36
42
48
56
64
72
1)

thread
d
mm
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56
M64
M72

connecting dimensions
a
mm
14
14
16
20
25
30
35
42
42
50
50

b
mm
6
6
6
10
10
15
15
20
20
20
20

c1
mm
12
16
20
24
33
40
45
50
60
70
80

c2
mm
12
12
16
20
24
33
33
40
40
45
45

e
mm
25
30
36
45
55
70
75
85
100
125
135

t
mm
70
85
95
120
120
150
160
160
230
240
270

The load group for connecting parts depending on CH size and


nominal travel can be found in the load/travel table.

z
mm
25
20
34
35
45
60
60
70
85
100
110

Order example: KVD 11.180.24

Standard products constant hangers

Series KVD

(standard)

Dimension depending on travel


01-05

CH size

06/07

08/09

10/11

12/13

14/15

16/17

Installation dimension E*/Load line position X


Nominal travel sN

E*
mm
451
446
441
436
431
426
421
416
411
406
401
396
391
386
381
376
364
351
339
326

X
mm
101
110
119
129
138
147
157
166
175
185
194
203
213
222
231
241
264
287
311
334

50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
Length of mechanism housing L
travel range
length
travel range
length
travel range
length
travel range
length

sN
L
sN
L
sN
L
sN
L

50-100
312
110-200
398
225-300
491

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

579
574
569
564
559
519
514
509
504
499
494
489
484
479
474
462
449
437
424
412
399

153
162
172
181
190
157
166
175
185
194
203
213
222
231
241
264
287
311
334
357
381

805
800
795
790
785
730
725
720
715
710
705
700
695
690
685
674
661
649
636
624
611
599
586
574
561
549
536

192
201
211
220
229
196
205
214
224
233
242
252
261
270
280
303
326
350
373
396
420
443
466
490
513
536
560

898
892
887
882
877
802
797
792
787
782
777
773
768
763
751
738
726
712
700
687
675
662
650
637
625
612

217
227
236
245
255
221
230
240
249
258
268
277
286
296
319
342
366
389
412
436
459
482
506
529
552
576

1005
1000
993
988
983
978
883
878
873
868
863
858
846
833
821
808
796
783
771
759
747
734
722
709

245
254
264
273
282
292
249
258
268
277
286
296
319
342
366
389
412
436
459
482
506
529
552
576

1222
1217
1212
1207
1202
1197
1192
1186
1181
1176
1171
1159
1096
1084
1071
1059
1046
1034
1021
1009
996
984
971

366
376
385
394
404
413
422
432
441
450
460
483
396
420
443
466
490
513
536
560
583
606
630

1411
1406
1401
1396
1391
1386
1381
1376
1364
1351
1339
1326
1253
1240
1228
1215
1203
1190
1178
1165

424
434
443
452
462
471
480
490
513
536
560
583
466
490
513
536
560
583
606
630

60-160
391
170-250
471
275-350
571

60-200
505
225-300
600
325-400
700
425-500
800

70-200
550
225-350
691
375-500
841

90-250
631
275-375
751
400-500
871

100-400
940
425-500
1030

130-500
1137

The dimensions given (E*, X, L) are valid for CH sizes 15 and 17 only within the permissible travel range according to the load/travel table.
The load line position X will change slightly as it passes the total nominal travel (Xmax. = 7 % of sN).
E* applies to upper travel limit; it will increase according to the travel section upon changing the travel stop.

57

Standard products constant hangers

HYDRA constant hangers

Standard version

Options

Hanger preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Hanger not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Dimensions not depending on travel


main dimensions

CH
size

01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1)

AxB
mm
122
122
122
122
150
150
178
229
229
229
256
256
273
508
500 x 416
623 x 511
623 x 511
1140 x 510
1140 x 510
1250 x 560

2)

Sizes 08-09
Sizes 10-11

3)

Sizes 12-13

58

C
mm
82
82
82
82
82
92
92
116
116
136
136
160
160
209
209
224
224
265
265
265

for travel range


for travel range
for travel range
for travel range
for travel range

F
mm
248
248
248
248
314
314
351
645
645
645
812
812
880
948
948
1207
1207
1577
1577
1787

connecting dimensions
G
mm
116
116
116
116
116
126
126
182
182
191
191
221
221
312
312
397
397
463
463
463

450-500
275-375
400-500
300-400
425-500

e
mm
25
25
25
25
25
40
40
50
50
80
80
100
100
100
100
120
120
150
150
150
p = 295
p = 325
p = 355
p = 350
p = 390

k
mm
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
23
23
23
23
23
23
27
27
27
27
33
33
33

n
mm
160
160
160
160
160
190
190
220
220
260
260
300
300
380
380
380
380
480
480
480

o
mm
65
65
65
65
65
70
70
85
85
105
105
120
120
165
165
180
180
225
225
225

p
mm
171
171
171
171
171
180
180
2851)
2851)
3102)
3102)
3403)
3403)
480
480
495
495
505
505
505

s
mm
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
12
12
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25
25

u
mm
130
130
130
130
130
150
150
170
170
200
200
240
240
300
300
300
300
380
380
380

SW
mm
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36
46
46
55
55
55
55
75
75
75
75
75

approx.
weight

load
group4)

kg
20
20
20
20
25
30
40
90
110
120
160
210
250
520
550
900
950
1800
2000
2650

LGV
12
16
20
24
30
36
42
48
56
64
72
80
90
4)

thread
d
mm
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56
M64
M72
M80
M90

The load group for


connecting parts
depending on CH size
and nominal travel
can be found in the
load/travel table.

Order example: KHS 11.180.24

Standard products constant hangers

Series KHS

(standard)

Dimension depending on travel


01-05

CH size

06/07

08/09

10/11

12/13

14/15

16/17

18-20

Installation dimension E*/Load line position X


Nominal travel sN

E*
mm
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136

X
mm
107
116
125
135
144
153
163
172
181
191
200
209
219
228
237
247
270
293
317
340

50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
Length of mechanism housing L
travel range
length
height
hole pitch
travel range
length
height
hole pitch
travel range
length
height
hole pitch
travel range
length
height
hole pitch

sN
L
H
t
sN
L
H
t
sN
L
H
t
sN
L
H
t

50-130
220
268
170
140-225
320
322
270
250-300
390
356
340

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184
184

116
125
135
144
153
163
172
181
191
200
209
219
228
237
247
270
293
317
340
363
387

201
201
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
202
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200

156
165
175
184
193
203
212
221
231
240
249
259
268
277
287
310
333
357
380
403
427
450
473
497
520
543
567

237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235

190
200
209
218
228
237
246
256
265
274
284
293
302
312
335
358
382
405
428
452
475
498
522
545
568
592

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
251
251
251
251
251
251
250
250
250
250
250

209
218
228
237
246
256
265
274
284
293
302
312
335
358
382
405
428
452
475
498
522
545
568
592

330
330
330
330
330
330
330
329
329
329
329
329
329
329
329
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
330

288
298
307
316
326
335
344
354
363
372
382
405
428
452
475
498
522
545
568
592
615
638
662

319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
320
320
320
319
319
319
319
319
319
319
319

316
326
335
344
354
363
372
382
405
428
452
475
498
522
545
568
592
615
638
662

324
324
324
324
326
326
327
327
327
327
327
327
327
327
327
327

409
418
427
437
460
483
507
530
553
577
600
623
647
670
693
717

60-160
240
295
160
170-250
340
340
260
275-350
440
390
360

60-225
375
439
275
250-325
460
484
360
350-425
560
536
460
450-500
640
576
530

70-250
425
483
265
275-375
540
533
365
400-500
665
603
460

90-275
455
546
255
300-400
570
596
360
425-500
670
636
420

100-275
670
715
435
300-400
700
805
500
425-500
750
805
500

130-350
755
850
440
375-500
780
910
510

170-500
930
1158
600

The dimensions given (E*, X, L) are valid for CH sizes 15, 17, 19 and 20 only within the permissible travel range according to the load/travel table.
The load line position X will change slightly as it passes the total nominal travel (Xmax. = 7 % of sN).
E* applies to upper travel limit; it will increase according to the travel section upon changing the travel stop.

59

Standard products constant hangers

HYDRA constant hangers

Standard version

Options

Hanger preset, hot-dip


galvanized housing, electrogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish

Hanger not preset, additional terrosone coating


to spring(see page 26 for
option code)

Dimensions not depending on travel


CH
size

01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

60

main dimensions
A/B
mm
114
114
114
114
140
152
194
194
219
219
245
273
299
508
418 x 502
517 x 629
517 x 629
756 x 851
760 x 855
835 x 915

C
mm
82
82
82
82
82
92
92
116
116
136
136
160
160
209
209
224
224
305
305
305

F
mm
266
266
266
266
266
418
420
642
642
772
772
904
904
973
973
1228
1228
1660
1660
1850

connecting dimensions
G
mm
116
116
116
116
116
141
141
182
182
201
201
231
231
327
327
407
407
393
393
433

H
mm
516
516
516
516
516
703
705
1062
1062
1242
1242
1394
1394
1713
1713
2078
2078
1925
1925
1925

k
mm
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
23
23
23
23
23
23
27
27
33
33
33
33
33

n
mm
180
180
180
180
180
230
230
300
300
320
320
360
360
580
580
700
700
950
950
950

o
mm
80
80
80
80
80
100
100
160
160
180
180
200
200
260
260
340
340
300
300
300

s
mm
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
12
12
12
12
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25
25

u
mm
130
130
130
130
130
180
180
230
230
250
250
280
280
480
480
600
600
850
850
850

SW
mm
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36
46
46
55
55
55
55
75
75
75
75
75

approx.
weight

load
group1)

kg
20
20
20
20
25
40
50
90
110
130
170
240
290
580
630
1000
1100
2100
2400
3000

LGV
12
16
20
24
30
36
42
48
56
64
72
80
90
1)

thread
d
mm
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36
M42
M48
M56
M64
M72
M80
M90

The load group for


connecting parts
depending on CH size
and nominal travel
can be found in the
load/travel table.

Standard products constant hangers

Series KVS

Order example:
KVS 11.180.24
(standard)
Dimension depending on travel
CH size

01-05

CH sizes 18, 19, 20

06/07

08/09

10/11

12/13

14/15

16/17

18-20

Installation dimension E*/Load line position X


Nominal
E*
X
travel sN
mm
mm
50
61
101
60
66
110
70
71
119
80
76
129
90
81
138
100
86
147
110
91
157
120
96
166
130
101
175
140
106
185
150
111
194
160
116
203
170
121
213
180
126
222
190
131
231
200
136
241
225
149
264
250
161
287
275
174
311
300
186
334
325
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
Length of mechanism housing L
travel range sN
housing length L
hole to centre e
base length m
hole pitch
t
base cut-out p
travel range sN
housing length L
hole to centre e
base length m
hole pitch
t
base cut-out p
travel range sN
housing length L
hole to centre e
base length m
hole pitch
t
base cut-out p
travel range sN
housing length L
hole to centre e
base length m
hole pitch
t
base cut-out p

50-100
312
171
285
235
138/125
110-200
398
257
370
320
190
225-300
491
350
465
415
180

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

79
84
89
94
99
139
144
149
154
159
164
169
174
179
184
197
209
222
234
247
259

153
162
172
181
190
157
166
175
185
194
203
213
222
231
241
264
287
311
334
357
381

317
322
328
333
338
393
398
403
407
412
417
422
427
432
437
450
462
475
487
500
512
525
537
550
562
575
587

192
201
211
220
229
196
205
214
224
233
242
252
261
270
280
303
326
350
373
396
420
443
466
490
513
536
560

360
365
370
375
380
455
460
465
470
475
480
485
490
495
508
520
533
545
558
570
583
595
608
620
633
645

217
227
236
245
255
221
230
240
249
258
268
277
286
296
319
342
366
389
412
436
459
482
506
529
552
576

454
459
464
469
474
479
574
579
584
589
594
599
612
624
637
649
662
674
687
699
712
724
737
749

245
254
264
273
282
292
249
258
268
277
286
296
319
342
366
389
412
436
459
482
506
529
552
576

581
586
591
596
601
606
611
617
622
627
632
645
707
720
732
745
757
770
782
795
807
820
832

366
376
385
394
404
413
422
432
441
450
460
483
396
420
443
466
490
513
536
560
583
606
630

792
797
802
807
812
817
822
827
840
852
865
877
950
962
975
987
1000
1012
1025
1037

424
434
443
452
462
471
480
490
513
536
560
583
466
490
513
536
560
583
606
630

736
741
746
751
763
775
788
800
813
825
838
850
863
875
888
899

376
385
395
404
427
451
474
497
521
544
567
591
614
637
660
684

60-160
391
225
375
325
170/150
170-250
471
305
455
405
210
275-350
571
405
555
505
220

60-200
505
290
455
385
225/215
225-300
600
385
550
480
270
325-400
700
485
650
580
290
425-500
800
585
750
680
310

70-200
550
315
490
420
240/225
225-350
691
455
630
560
340
375-500
841
615
790
720
370

90-250
631
360
570
490
250
275-375
751
480
690
610
350
400-500
871
600
810
730
370

Dim. p: 1st value applies to 1st CH size

100-400
940
655
985
885
450/490
425-500
1030
655
985
885
450/490

130-500
1137
680
1050
950
472

170-500
1300
760
1300
1200
550

The dimensions given (E*, X, L) are valid for CH sizes 15, 17, 19 and 20 only within the permissible travel range according to the load/travel table.
The load line position X will change slightly as it passes the total nominal travel (Xmax. = 7 % of sN).
E* applies to upper travel limit; it will increase according to the travel section upon changing the travel stop.

61

Standard products constant supports

HYDRA constant supports


Vertical height adjustment of support roller and support plate: 20 mm

The constant support is


mounted on the loadbearing structure and
carries the load by
means of a roller or a
PTFE-covered support
plate. Both versions
must be fitted with a
flat sliding shoe.

lateral force in the rolling


direction is less than 3%
of the support reaction,
but this support must be
aligned exactly with the
horizontal movement of
the component supported.

The version with support


plate, (series KSP) unlike
In the version with support the version with support
roller (series KSR) the load roller allows relative
remains constant since the movement in all directions,

but has a higher lateral


friction force (6 10% of
support reaction), which
leads to slightly higher
friction forces in the constant support. The sliding
shoe must have a sliding
surface of stainless steel.

trogalvanized connecting
parts, spring painted with
alkyd varnish.
Options
Support not preset, additional terrosone coating to
spring (see page 26 for
option code)

Standard version
Support preset, hot-dip
galvanized housing, elec-

Load/Travel table for constant supports (see page 53 for constant hangers)
nom.
travel
sN
mm
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400

CH size
01

02

03

04

05

0.47
0.39
0.33
0.29
0.26
0.23
0.21
0.20
0.18
0.17

0.94
0.78
0.67
0.59
0.52
0.47
0.43
0.39
0.36
0.33

1.85
1.54
1.32
1.16
1.03
0.92
0.84
0.77
0.71
0.66

3.72
3.10
2.66
2.33
2.07
1.86
1.69
1.55
1.43
1.33

6.48
5.40
4.63
4.05
3.60
3.24
2.95
2.70
2.49
2.31

06

9.30
7.97
6.98
6.20
5.58
5.07
4.65
4.29
3.99
3.72
3.49

07
08
09
10
11
maximum required load Fs max. in kN
15.4
13.2
11.5
10.3
9.24
8.40
7.70
7.10
6.60
6.16
5.77

22.8
19.6
17.1
15.2
13.7
12.5
11.4
10.5
9.78
9.13
8.56
8.06
7.61
7.21
6.85
6.09

37.7
32.3
28.2
25.1
22.6
20.5
18.8
17.4
16.1
15.1
14.1
13.3
12.6
11.9
11.3
10.0

38.8
34.5
31.0
28.2
25.9
23.9
22.2
20.7
19.4
18.3
17.2
16.3
15.5
13.8
12.4

58.8
52.3
47.0
42.8
39.2
36.2
33.6
31.4
29.4
27.7
26.1
24.8
23.5
20.9
18.8

12

13

73.3
66.0
60.0
55.0
50.8
47.1
44.0
41.2
38.8
34.7
36.7
33.0
29.3
26.4
24.0

105
94.1
85.5
78.4
72.4
67.2
62.7
58.8
55.3
52.3
49.5
47.0
41.8
37.6
34.2

14

15

128
117
108
100
93.5
87.5
82.5
77.9
73.8
70.1
62.3
56.1
51.0
46.8
43.2
40.1

168
154
142
132
123
116
109
103
97.4
92.5
82.2
74.0
67.3
61.7
56.9
52.9

16

17

200
187
175
165
156
147
140
124
112
102
93.4
86.2
80.0
74.7
70.0

281
262
246
232
219
207
197
175
157
143
131
121
112
105
98.4

The required loads can be decreased by up to 40% (down to the next smaller CH size) in the factory. Subsequent load adjustment of 15% is possible in
situ for every preset required load. The nominal load FN is 15% higher than the max. permissible required load; it can be used in the design if subsequent
load adjustment is omitted.

Selection

at the factory. A support


travel (nominal travel sN)
The table above, produced somewhat larger than the
specially for constant sup- required travel value sS
ports, shows the maximum should always be selected.
required load Fs max. for
The intended travel resereach CH size based on
ves sR will then be available equally at both ends
the nominal travel sN. The
required load permits a
of the travel. They should
load adjustment of 15%
both amount to at least
before the nominal load FN 10% of sS, but not less
is reached. The CH size with than 10 mm. The resulting
the next higher maximum
preset position and installation dimension E dependload Fs max is selected
using the required load Fs
ing on the direction of
and the required travel sS.
movement from cold
The required load Fs is set position to hot position is:
62

E = E* + 0.5 (sN sS)


for upward (+) or downward
(-) movement.
Example
Requirements:
Constant support with
support roller
Required load: Fs = 32 kN
Required travel:
sS = 155 mm, upwards
Selection:
Fs max 32 kN
sN ss + 2 sR = ss x 1.2
= 155 x 1.2 = 186 mm

Result: nom. travel 190 mm


CH size 12
(The load group is not
relevant for constant
supports).
KSR 12.190.00
with Fs max = 34.7 kN
(adjusted to Fs = 32 kN)
sN = 190 mm mm and
travel reserve 2 sR =
2 x 17.5 mm
Installation dimension E:
E = E* 0.5 (sN + ss )
E = 920 0.5 (190 + 155)
= 747.5 mm
(E*: see page 63)

with support plate

Series KSR
Series KSP

Order example:
KSR 12.190.00
(standard)
Dimensions not depending on travel
CH
size
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

A/B
mm
0120
0120
0120
0120
0150
0150
0180
0230
0230
0230
0255
0255
0275
0510
500/420
620/510
620/510

C
mm
145
145
145
145
145
175
175
195
195
240
240
260
260
350
350
365
365

main dimensions
F
G
mm
mm
245 170
245 170
245 170
245 170
310 175
310 195
350 195
580 295
680 295
680 340
810 340
810 350
880 350
870 485
960 485
1290 535
1290 535

H
mm
315
315
315
315
315
355
355
500
500
580
580
625
625
835
835
960
960

L
mm
230
230
230
230
230
250
250
360
360
425
425
450
450
630
630
695
695

d
mm
50
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
60
90
90
90
90
110
110
140
140

e
mm
40
40
40
40
40
50
50
55
55
62
62
60
60
100
100
120
120

installation dimensions
I
n
p
s
mm
mm
mm
mm
65
210
70
8
65
210
70
8
65
210
70
8
65
210
70
8
65
210
70
8
90
260
70
10
90
260
70
10
90
300
100
12
90
300
100
12
120
360
120
12
120
360
120
12
120
400
140
15
120
400
140
15
150
500
180
20
150
500
180
20
190
520
220
20
190
520
220
20

k
mm
14
14
14
14
14
18
18
23
23
23
23
23
23
27
27
27
27

t
mm
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
250
250
300
300
330
330
410
410
440
440

u
mm
180
180
180
180
180
220
220
250
250
300
300
320
320
440
440
440
440

SW
mm
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36
46
46
55
55
55
55
75
75

approx.
weight
kg
25
25
25
25
30
30
50
90
100
140
180
280
300
550
660
1000
1150

Dimensions depending on travel


CH size

01-05

06/07

08/09

10/11

12/13

14/15

16/17

installation dimension E*/Load line position X


Nominal travel sN
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
225
250
275
300
325
350
375
400

E*
mm
480
485
490
495
500
505
510
515
520
525

X
mm
105
115
125
135
145
155
165
170
180
190

E*
mm

X
mm

E*
mm

X
mm

545
550
555
560
565
570
575
580
585
590
595

115
125
135
145
155
165
170
180
190
200
210

685
690
695
700
705
710
715
720
725
730
735
740
745
750
755
770

155
165
175
185
195
205
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
275
285
310

E*
mm

X
mm

825
830
835
840
845
850
855
860
865
870
875
880
885
900
910

200
210
220
230
235
245
255
265
275
285
295
300
310
335
360

E*
mm

X
mm

870
875
880
885
890
895
900
905
910
915
920
925
940
950
965

210
220
230
235
245
255
265
275
285
295
300
310
335
360
380

The load line position X will change slightly as it passes the total nominal travel (Xmax. = 7% of sN).
E* applies to upper travel limit; it will increase according to the travel section upon changing the travel stop.

E*
mm

X
mm

1165
1170
1175
1180
1185
1190
1195
1200
1205
1210
1225
1235
1250
1260
1275
1285

300
305
315
325
335
345
355
365
370
380
405
430
450
475
500
520

E*
mm

X
mm

1305
1310
1315
1320
1325
1330
1335
1350
1360
1375
1385
1400
1410
1425
1435

325
335
345
355
365
370
380
405
430
450
475
500
520
545
565

63

Standard products constant supports

with support roller

Standard products connecting parts

HYDRA connecting parts

The connecting parts


form the link between
the loadbearing steel
structure and the pipe
or other installation
components to be
supported.

Owing to the categorization into load groups


(LGV), they can be easily
combined to create
both rigid or movable
assemblies.

Detailed descriptions of
the standard parts listed
below can be found on
the following pages.

Contents
Product

Name
ZLN
Welding lug, normal
(variable spring hanger)

66

ZLK
Welding lug for
constant hanger

66

ZPK
Square plate

ZKN
Clamping lug, normal
(variable spring hanger)

64

Page

66

67

ZKK
Clamping lug for
constant hanger

68

ZGM/ZGI
Clevis with bolt

69

ZSM/ZSI
Turnbuckle

69

Product

Name

Page

ZOM/ZOI
Eye nut

70

ZHM/ZHI
Rod coupling

70

ZMM/ZMI
Hexagonal nut

71

ZRM/ZRI
Threaded Rod with
right-hand thread

71

ZLM/ZLI
Threaded rod with
left-/right-hand thread

71

ZZF/ZZK
Intermediate piece

72

ZTN
Trapeze

73

ZVN/ZVV/ZVS
Connecting lug
(see horizontal clamps)

84/85

Standard products connecting parts

Versions for connecting parts


Product

Standard version

Options/Code

Welding lugs

S 235 JRG 2
primed

blank/0

Clamping lugs

S 235 JRG 2
hot-dip galvanized

primed/3
painted/4

Square plate/
Spherical washer

S 235 JRG 2
9 SMnPb28K
primed

blank/0

Threaded parts
(clevis, turnbuckle, eye nut)

C22.8/S 355 J2G 3 (load group 1248)


S 235 JRG 2/S 355 J2G 3
(load group 5690)
electrogalvanized

blank/0
hot-dip galvanized (limited)/2

Rod coupling

S 235 JRG 2/S 355 J2G 3


electrogalvanized

hot-dip galvanized (limited)/2

Threaded rods

S 235 JRG 2 (up to M48)


S 355 J2G 3 (M56 and larger)
electrogalvanized

blank/0
hot-dip galvanized (limited)/2

Trapezes

S 235 JRG 2
hot-dip galvanized

blank/0
primed/3

Connecting lugs

S 235 JRG 2
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5
(depends on temperature)
primed

other materials
blank/0

Load group LGV


Nominal load FN in kN

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

180

240

300

400

500

65

Standard products connecting parts

HYDRA connecting parts

HYDRA welding lug, normal (for variable spring hanger and rigid support assembly)
Order example: ZLN 42-3

LGV 12-48

Thickness s

LGV 56-90

Series ZLN

(primed)

Load group

LGV

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

Instal. dim.

30

40

45

55

70

70

80

120

120

130

150

170

180

Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm

40

50

60

70

90

110

120

130

280

320

400

450

500

14

18

22

26

35

42

47

52

62

72

82

92

102

20

25

30

35

45

55

60

65

90

100

120

135

160

10

12

15

20

25

30

35

35

40

40

50

50

Weld

approx. weight

kg

0.1

0.2

0.4

0.6

1.3

2.2

3.2

5.5

11

16

22

36

46

HYDRA welding lug for constant hanger

Series ZLK
(blank)

Order example: ZLK 42-3


Load group

LGV

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

Instal. dim.

35

40

46

55

65

80

90

100

115

140

150

160

170

Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm

100

120

140

175

190

235

255

270

355

385

425

470

480

60

60

80

90

110

140

150

170

200

240

260

280

300

14

18

22

26

35

42

47

53

63

73

83

93

103

14

14

18

22

26

35

35

42

42

47

47

47

47

10

10

12

15

20

25

30

35

35

40

40

50

50

70

85

95

120

120

150

160

160

230

240

270

300

300

15

20

25

30

40

45

55

60

75

90

100

110

120

Thickness s

Weld

approx. weight

kg

0.4

0.5

1.0

1.7

3.0

6.0

8.4

12

18

27

32

48

53

HYDRA square plate with hardened spherical washer


Order example: ZPK 42-3

Nominal load FN in kN

66

(primed)

Load group

LGV

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

Instal. dim.

60

85

95

120

140

155

170

185

215

260

Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm

80

100

100

100

130

130

150

150

180

180

13

18

19

25

35

41

44

58

62

76

M30

M36

M42

M48

M56

M64

approx. weight

Load group LGV

Series ZPK

M12

M16

M20

M24

(1/2)

(5/8)

(3/4)

(1)

(1 1/8) (1 1/2) (1 3/4)

(2)

(2 1/4) (2 1/2)

10

15

15

20

25

30

30

40

40

50

kg

0.5

1.2

1.2

1.5

3.3

3.9

5.2

7.0

10

13

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

180

240

300

400

500

Order example: ZKN 12.200.150-2

(load group 12, flange width 200 mm,


flange thickness 15 mm, hot-dip galvanized)

Beam-related dimensions
load
group

12
12
12
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
36
36
42

6 clamps for load group 36 and higher

Btr

type

tg

b1

s1

ls
bolt length

weight

mm
82 140
150 210
220 300
82 120
135 220
240 300
100 135
140 150
160 190
200 240
260 300
100 135
140 170
180 240
260 300
100 110
120 190
200 300
120 180
190 300
190 300

ZKN...
12. ... . ...1)
12. ... . ...1)
12. ... . ...1)
16. ... . ...1)
16. ... . ...1)
16. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
24. ... . ...1)
24. ... . ...1)
24. ... . ...1)
24. ... . ...1)
30. ... . ...1)
30. ... . ...1)
30. ... . ...1)
36. ... . ...1)
36. ... . ...1)
42. ... . ...1)

mm
7,4 21
10,7 25
11 36
7,4 11
10,2 25
12 36
8 21
8,5 22
14 24
10 26
12,5 36
8,5 21
8,5 23
9,5 26
12,5 36
8 20
8 24
10 36
8 23
10 36
10 36

mm
4)+13 mm
4)+13 mm
4)+13 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+21 mm
4)+21 mm
4)+21 mm
4)+21 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm

mm
4)+ 80 mm
4)+ 80 mm
4)+ 80 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+125 mm
4)+125 mm
4)+125 mm
4)+125 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm

mm
10
12
15
12
15
20
15
16
18
20
16
18
20
25
20
20
25
20
25
25
25

mm
35
37
40
42
45
50
55
56
58
60
56
63
65
70
65
90
95
90
95
95
100

mm
70 80
80 90
80 100
80 90
90 100
100 120
90 100
90 100
100 110
90 110
90 120
100 110
100 120
110 120
110 130
120 130
130 140
120 150
130 140
130 150
130 150

kg3)
4
6
9
7
10
16
10
11
13
16
192)
16
19
25
302)
25
31
392)
43
602)
632)

Enter flange width and flange thickness (x 10).


with additional stiffeners
3) Average figure
4) Total of flange width + value in table
1)
2)

Version with spacer and stiffener

Spacer
Stiffener

Load group-related dimensions


Load
group
12
16
20
24
30
36
42

with spacer

l1

s2

e2

SW

mm
135
150
170
200
215
275
275

mm
200
230
250
300
340
400
400

mm
8
10
12
15
20
25
30

mm
25
30
40
45
70
70
75

mm
14
18
22
26
35
42
47

mm
18
24
24
30
36
36
36

Load
group

for tG
greater than

12
16
20
24
30
36
42

12 mm
16 mm
16 mm
20 mm
24 mm
24 mm
24 mm

67

Standard products connecting parts

HYDRA clamping lug, normal (for spring hanger and rigid support assembly)
Series ZKN
for steel beam sections IPE 160 600
for flange width 82 300 mm and flange thickness 7.4 36 mm
HEA 100 1000
HEB 100 1000
HEM 100 280

Standard products connecting parts

HYDRA clamping lug for constant hanger


for flange width 82 300 mm
and flange thickness 7.4 36 mm

for steel beam sections IPE


HEA
HEB
HEM

Order example: ZKK 12.200.150-2

Series ZKK
160 600
100 1000
100 1000
100 280

(load group 12, flange width 200 mm,


flange thickness 15 mm, hot-dip galvanized)

Beam-related dimensions
load
group

12
12
12
16
16
16
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
36
36
42

6 clamps for load group 36 and higher

Btr

type

tg

b1

s1

ls
bolt length

weight

mm
82 140
150 210
220 300
82 120
135 220
240 300
100 135
140 150
160 190
200 240
260 300
100 135
140 170
180 240
260 300
100 110
120 190
200 300
120 180
190 300
190 300

ZKK...
12. ... . ...1)
12. ... . ...1)
12. ... . ...1)
16. ... . ...1)
16. ... . ...1)
16. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
20. ... . ...1)
24. ... . ...1)
24. ... . ...1)
24. ... . ...1)
24. ... . ...1)
30. ... . ...1)
30. ... . ...1)
30. ... . ...1)
36. ... . ...1)
36. ... . ...1)
42. ... . ...1)

mm
7,4 21
10,7 25
11 36
7,4 11
10,2 25
12 36
8 21
8,5 22
14 24
10 26
12,5 36
8,5 21
8,5 23
9,5 26
12,5 36
8 20
8 24
10 36
8 23
10 36
10 36

mm
4)+13 mm
4)+13 mm
4)+13 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+17 mm
4)+21 mm
4)+21 mm
4)+21 mm
4)+21 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm
4)+25 mm

mm
4)+ 80 mm
4)+ 80 mm
4)+ 80 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+100 mm
4)+125 mm
4)+125 mm
4)+125 mm
4)+125 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm
4)+155 mm

mm
10
12
15
12
15
20
15
16
18
20
16
18
20
25
20
20
25
20
25
25
25

mm
45
47
50
52
55
60
60
61
63
65
61
73
75
80
75
85
90
85
105
105
115

mm
70 80
80 90
80 100
80 90
90 100
100 120
90 100
90 100
100 110
90 110
90 120
100 110
100 120
110 120
110 130
120 130
130 140
120 150
130 140
130 150
130 150

kg3)
4
6
9
7
10
16
10
11
13
16
192)
16
19
25
302)
25
31
392)
43
602)
632)

Enter flange width and flange thickness (x 10).


with additional stiffeners
3) Average figure
4) Total of flange width + value in table
1)
2)

Version with spacer and stiffener

Spacer
Stiffener

Load group-related dimensions


Load
group
12
16
20
24
30
36
42

68

with spacer

l1

s2

e2

mm
135
155
190
240
255
305
335

mm
200
235
270
340
380
430
460

mm
10
10
12
15
20
25
30

mm
35
40
45
55
65
80
90

mm
14
18
22
26
35
42
47

mm
14
14
18
22
26
35
35

SW

mm
70
85
95
120
120
150
160

mm
50
55
65
80
90
100
120

mm
18
24
24
30
36
36
36

Load
group

for tG
greater than

12
16
20
24
30
36
42

12 mm
16 mm
16 mm
20 mm
24 mm
24 mm
24 mm

LGV 12-48

Series1) ZGM/ZGI
Order example: ZGM 42-1
Load group

LGV

12

(electrogalvanized)

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

Instal. dim.

49

52

55

68

80

92

100

100

100

110

130

150

170

Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm (inch)

24

32

46

53

64

80

90

100

120

140

160

180

200

LGV 56-90

34

44

57

68

80

93

111

130

120

140

140

160

180

70

80

90

110

130

150

170

180

190

210

240

270

300

55

65

85

100

120

135

160

180

175

205

205

225

245

12

17

20

22

27

32

37

42

45

50

50

60

60

12

16

20

24

33

40

45

50

60

70

80

90

100

d
approx. weight
1)

kg

M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90
(1/2) (5/8) (3/4)

(1)

0,2

1,6

0,4

1,0

(1 1/8) (1 1/2) (1 3/4)


2,6

4,5

6,9

(2)
10

(2 1/4) (2 1/2) (2 3/4)


21

33

43

(3)

(3 1/2)

61

85

Dimensions in brackets = versions with inch thread (ZGI)

LGV 56-90

HYDRA turnbuckle

Series1) ZSM/ZSI
(electrogalvanized)

Order example: ZSM 42-1


Load group

LGV

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

Instal. dim.

E2)

38

50

57

74

75

72

82

70

90

116

106

104

105

Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm (inch)

34

42

52

64

78

92

110

130

90

100

120

130

140

130

170

200

250

270

290

330

330

355

425

425

440

460

M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90
(1/2) (5/8) (3/4)

approx. weight
1)
2)

(1)

(1 1/8) (1 1/2) (1 3/4)

(2)

(2 1/4) (2 1/2) (2 3/4)

(3)

(3 1/2)

25

25

30

30

30

SW

18

24

30

36

46

55

65

75

80

90

100

110

130

kg

0,2

0,4

0,7

1,3

2,3

3,6

5,7

7,9

12

16

26

32

39

Dimensions in brackets = versions with inch thread (ZSI)


Turnbuckle in middle position; adjustability E

Load group LGV

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

Nominal load FN in kN

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

180

240

300

400

500

69

Standard products connecting parts

HYDRA clevis with bolt

Standard products connecting parts

HYDRA eye nut


LGV 12-48

Series1) ZOM/ZOI
Order example: ZOM 42-1
Load group

LGV

12

(electrogalvanized)

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

72

80

90

Instal. dim.

39

47

55

68

75

77

85

100

115

140

150

160

170

Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm (inch)

33

44

59

72

88

100

110

120

135

150

160

180

200

79

101

125

154

181

202

229

258

280

325

370

400

435

cmax

16

24

24

33

40

45

50

60

60

70

82

92

102

M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90
(1/2) (5/8) (3/4)

LGV 56-90

approx. weight
1)
2)

(1)

(1 1/8) (1 1/2) (1 3/4)

(2)

(2 1/4) (2 1/2) (2 3/4)

(3)

(3 1/2)

10

10

15

17

20

25

30

40

40

50

60

60

kg

0,1

0,2

0,4

1,0

1,5

2,3

3,8

6,5

13

17

24

35

46

Dimensions in brackets = versions with inch thread (ZOI)


When using small bolt diameters c, E increases accordingly.

HYDRA rod coupling


LGV 12-48

64

Series1) ZHM/ZHI
(electrogalvanized)

Order example: ZHM 42-1


Load group
Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm (inch)

LGV

12

16

20

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

34

42

52

62

78

92

110

130

90

100

120

130

140

45

60

75

90

105

120

150

180

140

160

180

200

220

M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90
(1/2) (5/8) (3/4)

approx. weight

24

(1)

(1 1/8) (1 1/2) (1 3/4)

(2)

(2 1/4) (2 1/2) (2 3/4)

(3)

(3 1/2)

25

25

25

25

25

kg

0,1

0,2

0,4

0,8

1,1

1,7

2,7

5,3

4,7

6,5

11,1

14

17

LGV 56-90
1)

Dimensions in brackets = versions with inch thread (ZHI)

Load group LGV

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

Nominal load FN in kN

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

180

240

300

400

500

70

Series1) ZRM/ZRI

Order example: ZRM 42.1500-1 (electrogalvanized) E = 1500 mm


Load group

LGV

Instal. dim.

Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm (inch)
approx. weight

1)

12

16

20

30

36

42

48

56

72

80

90

M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90
-

kg/m 0,7

(1)

(1 1/8) (1 1/2) (1 3/4)

(2)

(2 1/4) (2 1/2) (2 3/4)

(3)

(3 1/2)

300

300

300

400

400

1,3

2,1

3,0

4,7

6,9

9,4

12,0

17

22

29

36

46

Dimensions in brackets = versions with inch thread (ZRI)

HYDRA threaded rod (left-/right-hand thread)


right

64

maximal 2000 (3000)


(1/2) (5/8) (3/4)

24

Series1) ZLM/ZLI

Order example: ZLM 42-1

(electrogalvanized)

Load group

LGV

12

Instal. dim.

150

200

220

260

260

300

380

380

460

520

580

640

700

Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm (inch)

75

100

120

150

160

180

220

220

260

300

340

380

420

30

40

50

60

60

80

100

100

120

140

160

180

200

approx. weight

kg

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90
(1/2) (5/8) (3/4)

(1)

0,1

0,8

0,3

0,5

(1 1/8) (1 1/2) (1 3/4)


1,2

2,1

3,6

(2)
4,7

(2 1/4) (2 1/2) (2 3/4)


7,8

12

17

(3)

(3 1/2)

23

32

left
1)

Dimensions in brackets = versions with inch thread (ZLI)

Standard threaded rods:


material S 235 JRG 2 (up to M48)
S 355 J2G 3 (up to M56)
rolled thread
electrogalvanized
HYDRA nut

Series1) ZMM/ZMI
Order example: ZMM 42-1

(electrogalvanized)

Load group

LGV

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

Dimensions
and connecting
dimensions
in mm (inch)

H2)

11

15

18

21

25

31

34

38

45

51

58

64

72

21

27

33

40

51

61

72

83

94

105

118

129

146

d
SW

approx. weight
1)
2)

kg

64

72

80

90

M12 M16 M20 M24 M30 M36 M42 M48 M56 M64 M72 M80 M90
(1/2) (5/8) (3/4)

(1)

18

36

24

30

(1 1/8) (1 1/2) (1 3/4)


46

0,02 0,04 0,07 0,12 0,23

(2)

(2 1/4) (2 1/2) (2 3/4)

(3)

(3 1/2)

55

65

75

85

95

105

115

130

0,4

0,7

1,0

1,5

2,0

2,7

3,5

5,0

DIN EN ISO 4032; dimensions in brackets = versions with inch thread (ZMI)
Maximum value

Load group LGV

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

Nominal load FN in kN

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

180

240

300

400

500

71

Standard products connecting parts

HYDRA threaded rod (right-hand thread)

Standard products connecting parts

HYDRA intermediate piece for spring support


Form 1

Series ZZF

Standard version
Material: S 235 JRG 2
Surface protection:
hot-dip galvanized

Options
Surface protection:
primed

Order example: ZZF 06.0200.2-37.2

size
FSP
FSS
-

Form 2

type
ZZF...
-

(size 05 or 06, length 200 mm, form 2,


material S 235 JRG 2, hot-dip galvanized)

Form 1
E
min max
mm mm

Form 2
weights3)
E
for Emax
min max R Form 1 Form 2
mm mm kg/mm kg
kg

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

01/02
03/04
05/06

...2)

02.
04. ...1). ...2)
06. ...1). ...2)

102
114
140

96
108
132

130
150
190

12
14
18

95
110
130

8
10
12

40
45
60

89
99
129

90
100
130

250 0.007
350 0.008
400 0.012

07
08

07. ...1). ...2)


08. ...1). ...2)

168
219

160
211

220
270

23
23

160
200

12
15

70
75

149
159

150
160

500 0.016 6.6


650 0.024 11

12
23

09/10
11

10. ...1). ...2)


11. ...1). ...2)

245
273

235
263

300
340

27
27

215
250

15
20

85
95

179
189

180
190

700 0.030 14
800 0.033 22

29
42

12
13

12. ...1). ...2)


13. ...1). ...2)

508
508

468
468

530
590

27
27

460
520

25
30

105
115

199
209

200 1000 0.123 59


210 1000 0.123 99

157
196

14
15/16

14. ...1). ...2)


16. ...1). ...2)

610
610

570
570

640
760

27
33

570
670

30
40

115
145

209
259

210 1200 0.148 93


260 1200 0.148 224

239
364

...1).

1.6 2.7
2.5 4.5
4.9 8.2

Enter length
Enter form
3) Weight for E
min < E < Emax: m(E) = m(Emax) R x (Emax E)
1)
2)

HYDRA intermediate piece for constant support

Series ZZK

Standard version
Material: S 235 JRG 2
Surface protection:
hot-dip galvanized

Options
Surface protection:
primed

Order example: ZZK 07.0200-37.2

size
KSP
KSR
-

type

t1

ZZK...
-

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

min
mm

01 05
06/07
08/09

05. ...1)
07. ...1)
09. ...1)

168
219
273

151
200
251

230
250
360

210
260
300

14
18
23

150
150
250

40
50
55

180
220
250

8
10
12

130
150
180

10/11
12/13

11. ...1)
13. ...1)

324
356

301
321

425
450

360
400

23
23

300
330

62
60

300
320

12
15

190 800 0,044 23


210 1000 0,085 39

50
106

14/15
16/17

15. ...1)
17. ...1)

406
508

366
468

630
695

500
520

27
27

410
440

100
120

440
440

20
20

260 1200 0,098 87


260 1200 0,123 86

179
202

1)
3)

72

(size 06 or 07, length 200 mm,


material S 235 JRG 2, hot-dip galvanized)

Enter length
Weight for Emin < E < Emax: m(E) = m(Emax) R (Emax E)

weights3)
total for
max R Emin Emax
mm kg/mm kg
kg
400 0,018 5.9
500 0,024 8
700 0,033 16

11
17
33

Series ZTN
Order Example: ZTN 24.1200-37.2

LGV
FN1)
E
f
s
z

12
14
30
14
8
30

16
24
40
18
10
35

20
40
45
22
12
40

24
66
55
26
15
45

30
100
70
35
20
55

36
140
70
42
25
65

42
200
80
47
30
70

Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight
Type
H
Weight

12.0300
100
7,6
12.0400
100
9,6
12.0500
100
11,6
12.0600
100
13,7
12.0800
100
17,8
12.1000
100
21,8
12.1200
100
25,9
12.1400
100
30,0
12.1600
120
44,5
12.1800
120
49,9
12.2000
120
55,2
12.2200
120
60,5
12.2400
140
83,1

16.0300
100
8,0
16.0400
100
10,0
16.0500
100
12,0
16.0600
100
14,1
16.0800
100
18,2
16.1000
120
29,0
16.1200
120
34,3
16.1400
120
39,6
16.1600
140
56,7
16.1800
140
63,4
16.2000
140
70,2
16.2200
160
97,1
16.2400
160
106

20.0300
100
8,5
20.0400
120
13,5
20.0500
120
16,2
20.0600
120
18,9
20.0800
140
30,4
20.1000
140
37,1
20.1200
160
55,2
20.1400
160
63,8
20.1600
160
72,4
20.1800
180
97,1
20.2000
180
107,3
20.2200
180
117,5
20.2400
200
153

24.0300
120
12
24.0400
120
14
24.0500
140
21
24.0600
160
31
24.0800
160
39
24.1000
180
57
24.1200
180
67
24.1400
200
93
24.1600
220
122
24.1800
220
136
24.2000
220
151
24.2200
220
165
24.2400
220
179

30.0500
180
34
30.0600
200
46
30.0800
220
68
30.1000
220
82
30.1200
220
96
30.1400
240
128
30.1600
240
145
30.1800
260
180
30.2000
260
199
30.2200
280
241
30.2400
280
261

36.0800
240
82
36.1000
260
109
36.1200
260
128
36.1400
280
162
36.1600
280
183
36.1800
300
230
36.2000
300
254
36.2200
300
277
36.2400
300
300

42.0800
300
116
42.1000
300
140
42.1200
300
163
42.1400
300
187
42.1600
320
227
42.1800
320
253
42.2000
340
293
42.2200
340
320
42.2400
340
347

Load group
Nom. load in kN
Instal. dim.
Connecting
dimensions
in mm

300

400

500

600

800

Span L2) in mm

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000
B=H

2200

2400

1)
2)

(load group 24, span 1200 mm,


S 235 JRG 2, hot-dip galvanized)

Nominal load FN = permissible load in centre of trapeze


Intermediate lengths available on request

Load group LGV

12

16

20

24

30

36

42

48

56

64

72

80

90

Nominal load FN in kN

12

20

33

50

70

100

132

180

240

300

400

500

73

Standard products connecting parts

HYDRA trapeze

Correction factor Kq for ferritic materials

1,20
1,00
0,80
K

0,60

16Mo3

13CrMo4-5

S 235 JRG 2

0,40
0,20

600

550

1,4571
1,4541

600

550

450

400

350

300

250

1.4958 (Incoloy 800 H)

200

150

100

50

500

450

400

350

300

250

Berechnungstemperatur
in C
Design temperature q inC

500

In order to simplify selection, the clamps designed


according to nominal loads
are selected by way of
temperature-based correc- Correction factor Kq CH size
tion factors for real operating conditions. The correction factors can be taken
1,20
from the diagrams or from
the table below, which
1,00
contains values originating
0,80
from standards, also for
other clamp materials. To
0,60
simplify clamp selection
even further, we have in0,40
cluded tables from which
material- and temperature0,20
based loads can be read
off directly. These tables
0,00
are shown together with
the series on pages 78-93.

200

150

100

0,00

Nominal load and factors

50

The standardized range


of HYDRA pipe clamps
covers the wide range of
nominal diameters and
loads met with in practice. In addition to common two- and three-bolt
clamps to DIN 3567, new
horizontal and riser
clamps with enhanced
properties and practical
advantages have been
developed and added to
our range.

K

Standard products pipe clamps

HYDRA pipe clamps

Berechnungstemperatur
Design temperature q in 
Cin C

Correction factor Kq for clamps made of ferritic and martensitic materials


Material
Upper limit
Correction faktor Kq
temperature
No.
to
Designation to
to
VGB- DIN EN,
Component temperature q in C
DIN EN DIN EN
(alt) R510L WB
in C
100 200 250 300 350 400 450 480 500 520 540 560 580 600 630 650
1.0038 S235JRG2
350
300 0.88 0.79 0.71 0.58 (0.5)
1.5415 16Mo3
500
530
(0.87) 0.76 0.72 0.68 0.65 0.60 0.39 (0.25)
1.7335 13CrMo4-5
530
570
0.85 0.80 0.76 0.75 0.58 0.40 (0.25) (0.17)
1.7380 10CrMo9-10
580
600
(0.57) 0.43 0.33 0.24 0.18 (0.14)
1.4903 X10CrMoVNb9-1 (P91) 580
650
(0.91) 0.76 0.62 0.49 0.38 0.25 0.19

Option
code

37
16
13
10
91

Correction factors Kq for clamps made of austenitic materials


C
1.4541
1.4571
1.4958
1)
2)

X6CrNiTi18-10
X6CrNiTiMo17-12-2
X5NiCrAlTi31-20 (800A)

>580
>580
-

550
550
9002

50 100 150 200 300 400 5001


0.94 0.88 0.82 0.78 0.71 0.66 0.63
1.0 0.92 0.87 0.83 0.74 0.69 0.67
0.42

5501 580 590 600 610 630 650


0.62
0.66
0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.38 0.32

Bolts made from a different material are required for q > 400 C; therefore, please specify the temperature with your order.
Owing to the limited materials available, bolts for temperatures > 650C on request only.

74

41
71
80

The clamp temperature, on


which the load depends,
deviates from the temperature of the medium M.
It can be read off from the
adjacent diagram Component temperatures in pipe
clamps.
The relevant temperature
(reference temperature) for
horizontal clamps is 0, for
connecting lugs and riser
clamps 1, in accordance
with the following drawings. The diagram also
includes connection temperatures A in clamps and
connecting lugs.

Component temperatures in pipe clamps

The three straight lines apply for A, with good approximation, to HYDRA
pipe clamps with standard
dimensions for the materials S 235 JRG 2, 16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5 in the respective temperature ranges
(see product tables starting on page 78). Two-bolt
clamps are considered in
combination with connecting lugs.
In the case of riser clamps,
the specifications apply to
the versions with the lowest possible spans; higher
spans will result in lower
temperatures.

600
q0 = qM 0.07 (qM qu )
q1 = qM 0.1 (qM qu )
with temperature of medium qM
and ambient temperature qu

500
Component temperature  in C

Component temperatures in pipe clamps

Standard products pipe clamps

HYDRA pipe clamps

0

400

1

300

200

A for clamps with standard


dimensions, made of...
S 235 JRG 2

100

16Mo3
13CrMo4-5

25
25

100

200

300

400

500

600

Temperature of medium M in C

qA

qA

qA

q1
q0

q0

qM

qM

q0
q1

qM

qM

q0
q1

q1

q1
qM

qA

qM

qM
q0
q1

q0
qA

qA

qA

q1

75

Main features

Two- and three-bolt versions of flat steel clamps


are available for use in the
smaller diameter and lower
load ranges. Grip clamps
in five load series can be
used for high nominal
loads.

Positive experience gained


over many years of use in
power stations and other
industrial installations.

Standard materials for


clamps are S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3 and 13CrMo4-5,
covering the whole range
of temperature of the
mediums up to approx.
560 C.

Overload up to 2.5 times


the load-carrying capacity
is permissible (temperature
reduction taken into consideration); no permanent
deformations up to this
load.
Usual insulation thicknesses were taken into
account for the dimensioning of the supports.

Flat steel clamps


200
150
100
70

Nominal
load FFNNininkNkN
Nennlast

Applications

HZS

50

HZV
30

HZN

20
15
10

HZN/HDN

7
5

Owing to their form, grip


clamps can be more
readily adapted to larger
deviations in diameter
and greater ovalness.

15

25

50

100

200

300

500

1000

Nominal
diameter
Nennweite
DN DN

Grip clamps
All the connecting parts
required are available.

200
150

HGV
100
70

Nennlast
Nominal
load FNFN
in in
kNkN

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA horizontal pipe clamps

HGN
50

30
20
15
10
7
5
15

25

50

100

200

300

Nominal
diameter
Nennweite
DN DN

76

500

1000

Example:

Owing to the form of the


clamps, only the required
load during operation is
required for selection (as
with variable spring and
constant hangers).

Requirement:

The reference temperature


0 for clamp selection can
be taken from the diagram
Component temperatures
of pipe clamps on page 75,
based on the temperature
of the medium M (design
temperature of pipe).
Both the material required
and the minimum nominal
load on the clamp are
based on the reference
temperature 0, which is
the design temperature of
the clamp.
When choosing the material, however, the upper
limit temperature (see table
on page 74) must be considered. (According to several standards, the temperature of the medium M
shall not exceed this limit!)
The nominal load on the
clamp can be calculated
from the correction factors
on page 74, using the
equation FN Fs/K. It can
also be read off directly
from the load tables, which
form part of the product
specification tables.
Connecting lugs, adapted
to the three load series of
the two-bolt clamps, are
selected using the same
method. The reference
temperature 1, however,
must be read off from the
diagram on page 75.

Series
HZN
HZV

HDN
HDV

DN 15 1200

DN 15 1000

HZS

HDS

DN 150800

DN 150800

HGN

HGV

DN 15 01000

DN 2501000

HBN
HBV

HBS

DN 100900

DN 200800

Two-bolt clamp with connecting lug, ferritic, blank


Pipe diameter: DN 400
Required load: FS = 13 kN
Temperature of medium:
qM = 470 C
Insulation thickness:
J = 220 mm
Load group: 20
Selection
Reference temperature
q0 = 440 C
(diagram, page 75)
Material: 16Mo3
Correction factor:
Kq = 0.66
(diagram, page 74)
Nominal load:
FN 13/0.66 = 19.7 kN
Two-bolt clamp:
HZV 0400 16.0
(nominal load FN = 21 kN)
alternative:
with q0 = 440 C and
DN 400
from load table for HZV:
(page 76) Ft 13.7 kN
This selection process
results in the same two-bolt
clamp.
Supplement:
Connecting lug, suitable
for HZV
ZVV 070.210.20 16.0
max. insulation thickness:
J = 230 mm

MSN

DN 40800

77

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
horizontal pipe clamps

Selection

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA two-bolt clamps, normal

Series HZN

up to DN 500 to DIN 3567

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Surface protection:
primed
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low
service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: HZN 0300-37.3

(S 235 JRG 2, primed)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom. outer
dia. pipe
diameter
DN
D
mm
15 21.3
20 26.9
25 33.7
32 42.4
40 48.3
50 60.3
65 76.1
80 89.9
100 114.3
125 139.7
150 168.3
200 219.1
250 273
300 323.9
350 355.6
400 406.4
450 457
500 508
550 559
600 610
700 711
800 813
850 864
900 914
1000 1016
1100 1120
1200 1220

main
nom. type instal.
dim. dimensions
load

kN
7
7
7
6
5
7
7
7
11
9
9
7
7
6
6
9
8
8
18
17
15
14
23
22
21
19
18

HZN
0015
0020
0025
0032
0040
0050
0065
0080
0100
0125
0150
0200
0250
0300
0350
0400
0450
0500
0550
0600
0700
0800
0850
0900
1000
1100
1200

E
mm
30
33
36
41
44
54
61
68
89
102
116
142
174
199
216
249
274
300
345
370
425
475
515
540
590
645
695

A
mm
90
96
102
112
118
144
158
172
226
252
280
332
408
458
492
570
620
672
780
830
940
1040
1120
1170
1270
1380
1480

B
mm
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
70
70
70
90
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100

Loads Ft in kN
Connecting dimensions approx.
weight
b
mm
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
11
11
11
11
14
14
14
18
18
18
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30

c
mm
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
24
24
24
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

s
mm
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
20
20

z
mm
15
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
36
36
36
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

Material (standard)
S 235 JRG 2

16Mo3

13CrMo4-5

temperature in C
kg
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.4
0.4
0.7
0.8
0.9
2.0
2.2
2.5
3.0
4.6
5.2
5.6
9.4
10
11
24
26
29
33
51
53
58
64
69

100
6.2
6.2
6.2
5.3
4.4
6.2
6.2
6.2
9.7
7.9
7.9
6.2
6.2
5.3
5.3
7.9
7.0
7.0
15.8
15.0
13.2
12.3
20.2
19.4
18.5
16.7
15.8

200
5.5
5.5
5.5
4.7
4.0
5.5
5.5
5.5
8.7
7.1
7.1
5.5
5.5
4.7
4.7
7.1
6.3
6.3
14.2
13.4
11.9
11.1
18.2
17.4
16.6
15.0
14.2

250
5.0
5.0
5.0
4.3
3.6
5.0
5.0
5.0
7.8
6.4
6.4
5.0
5.0
4.3
4.3
6.4
5.7
5.7
12.8
12.1
10.7
9.9
16.3
15.6
14.9
13.5
12.8

300
4.1
4.1
4.1
3.5
2.9
4.1
4.1
4.1
6.4
5.2
5.2
4.1
4.1
3.5
3.5
5.2
4.6
4.6
10.4
9.9
8.7
8.1
13.3
12.8
12.2
11.0
10.4

350
5.0
5.0
5.0
4.3
3.6
5.0
5.0
5.0
7.9
6.5
6.5
5.0
5.0
4.3
4.3
6.5
5.8
5.8
13.0
12.2
10.8
10.1
16.6
15.8
15.1
13.7
13.0

400
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.1
3.4
4.8
4.8
4.8
7.5
6.1
6.1
4.8
4.8
4.1
4.1
6.1
5.4
5.4
12.2
11.6
10.2
9.5
15.6
15.0
14.3
12.9
12.2

450
4.6
4.6
4.6
3.9
3.3
4.6
4.6
4.6
7.2
5.9
5.9
4.6
4.6
3.9
3.9
5.9
5.2
5.2
11.7
11.1
9.8
9.1
15.0
14.3
13.7
12.4
11.7

480
4.2
4.2
4.2
3.6
3.0
4.2
4.2
4.2
6.6
5.4
5.4
4.2
4.2
3.6
3.6
5.4
4.8
4.8
10.8
10.2
9.0
8.4
13.8
13.2
12.6
11.4
10.8

500 515 530


4.1 3.2 2.3
4.1 3.2 2.3
4.1 3.2 2.3
3.5 2.7 2.0
2.9 2.3 1.7
4.1 3.2 2.3
4.1 3.2 2.3
4.1 3.2 2.3
6.4 5.0 3.6
5.2 4.1 3.0
5.2 4.1 3.0
4.1 3.2 2.3
4.1 3.2 2.3
3.5 2.7 2.0
3.5 2.7 2.0
5.2 4.1 3.0
4.6 3.6 2.6
4.6 3.6 2.6
10.4 8.1 5.9
9.9 7.7 5.6
8.7 6.8 5.0
8.1 6.3 4.6
13.3 10.4 7.6
12.8 9.9 7.3
12.2 9.5 6.9
11.0 8.6 6.3
10.4 8.1 5.9

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by linear interpolation for each specific type of material. Loads for temperatures
higher or lower than those given and specific to the material can be calculated from the nominal load FN by using the temperature factors
on page 74.

78

Series HDN

to DIN 3567, larger E dimension

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74
Surface protection:
primed
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low
service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)

Surface protection:
blank

Order example: HDN 0300.370.12-37.3

(S 235 JRG 2, primed)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights (loads Ft as for HZN opposite)


nom.
dia.
DN
15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
800
850
900
1000

outer nom.
pipe
load
diameter
D
Fn1)
mm
kN
21.3
7
26.9
7
33.7
7
42.4
6
48.3
5
60.3
7
76.1
7
89.9
7
114.3 11
139.7
9
168.3
9
219.1
7
273
7
323.9
6
355.6
6
406.4
9
457
8
508
8
559
18
610
17
711
15
813
14
864
23
914
22
1016
21

Connection
diameter

1)

DN
LGV
c (mm)

type

dimensions

HDV...
0015. ... . ...1)
0020. ... . ...1)
0025. ... . ...1)
0032. ... . ...1)
0040. ... . ...1)
0050. ... . ...1)
0065. ... . ...1)
0080. ... . ...1)
0100. ... . ...1)
0125. ... . ...1)
0150. ... . ...1)
0200. ... . ...1)
0250. ... . ...1)
0300. ... . ...1)
0350. ... . ...1)
0400. ... . ...1)
0450. ... . ...1)
0500. ... . ...1)
0550. ... . ...1)
0600. ... . ...1)
0700. ... . ...1)
0800. ... . ...1)
0850. ... . ...1)
0900. ... . ...1)
1000. ... . ...1)

15 40
12
10

B
mm
30
30
30
30
30
40
40
40
50
50
50
50
60
60
60
70
70
70
90
90
90
90
100
100
100

50 80
12/16
12

b
mm
7
7
7
7
7
9
9
9
11
11
11
11
14
14
14
18
18
18
25
25
25
25
30
30
30

s
mm
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
20
20
20

z
mm
15
15
15
15
15
18
18
18
24
24
24
24
30
30
30
36
36
36
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

16Mo3
S 235 JRG 2
13CrMo4-5
instal. max. approx. instal. max. approx. instal. max. approx.
dim. insul. weight dim. insul. weight dim. insul. weight
thk.
thk.
thk.
E
J
E
J
E
J
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
120
70
0.5
180
120
0.7
230
160
0.8
125
70
0.6
185
120
0.7
235
160
0.8
125
70
0.6
185
120
0.7
235
160
0.8
130
70
0.6
190
120
0.8
240
160
0.9
135
70
0.6
195
120
0.8
245
160
0.9
165
95
1.2
225
145
1.4
285
195
1.7
170
95
1.3
230
145
1.5
290
195
1.7
180
95
1.4
240
145
1.6
300
195
1.8
230
130
3.0
290
180
3.4
350
230
3.7
240
130
3.2
300
180
3.6
360
230
4.0
255
130
3.5
315
180
3.9
375
230
4.3
280
130
4.0
340
180
4.4
400
230
4.8
345
160
6.1
405
210
6.6
465
260
7.0
370
160
6.7
430
210
7.2
490
260
7.6
385
160
7.1
445
210
7.6
505
260
8.0
440
185
12
500
240
13
560
290
13
465
185
13
525
240
13
585
290
14
490
185
14
550
235
14
610
285
15
525
195
29
585
245
30
645
295
31
550
195
30
610
245
32
670
295
33
605
200
34
665
250
35
725
300
37
655
200
37
715
250
39
775
300
40
685
205
57
745
255
59
805
305
61
710
205
59
770
255
61
830
305
63
760
205
64
820
255
66
880
305
68

100 200 250 350 250 350 400 500 400 500 550 1000 550 1000 550 1000
12/16
12
16
12
16
12
16/20
24
16
16
20
16
24
16
24
30

Enter dimension E and load group LGV.

79

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA three-bolt clamps, normal

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA two-bolt clamps, medium

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Surface protection:
primed
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low
service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: HZV 0400-16.0

(16Mo3, blank)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom. outer
dia. pipe
diameter
DN
D
mm
100 114.3
125 139.7
150 168.3
200 219.1
250 273.0
300 323.9
350 355.6
400 406.4
450 457
500 508
550 559
600 610
700 711
800 813
850 864
900 914
1000 1016
1100 1120
1200 1220

main
nom. type instal.
dim. dimensions
load

kN
19
18
16
17
15
14
13
21
19
32
31
45
45
47
48
50
47
43
41

HZV
0100
0125
0150
0200
0250
0300
0350
0400
0450
0500
0550
0600
0700
0800
0850
0900
1000
1100
1200

E
mm
105
115
130
165
190
215
230
270
295
335
360
405
455
510
535
560
610
665
715

Series HZV

A
mm
280
300
330
400
450
500
530
610
660
760
810
920
1020
1130
1180
1230
1330
1440
1540

B
mm
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
90
90
100
100
110
120
140
150
160
160
160
160

Loads Ft in kN
connecting dimensions approx.
weight
b
mm
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30

c
mm
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

s
mm
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
15
15
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

z
mm
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55

Material (standard)
S 235 JRG 2

16Mo3

13CrMo4-5

temperature in C
kg
4.5
4.8
5.3
7.4
8.4
9.5
10
18
19
33
35
55
67
87
97
109
118
129
139

100
16.7
15.8
14.1
15.0
13.2
12.3
11.4
18.5
16.7
28.2
27.3
39.6
39.6
41.4
42.2
44.0
41.4
37.8
36.1

200
15.0
14.2
12.6
13.4
11.9
11.1
10.3
16.6
15.0
25.3
24.5
35.6
35.6
37.1
37.9
39.5
37.1
34.0
32.4

250
13.5
12.8
11.4
12.1
10.7
9.9
9.2
14.9
13.5
22.7
22.0
32.0
32.0
33.4
34.1
35.5
33.4
30.5
29.1

300
11.0
10.4
9.3
9.9
8.7
8.1
7.5
12.2
11.0
18.6
18.0
26.1
26.1
27.3
27.8
29.0
27.3
24.9
23.8

350
13.7
13.0
11.5
12.2
10.8
10.1
9.4
15.1
13.7
23.0
22.3
32.4
32.4
33.8
34.6
36.0
33.8
31.0
29.5

400
12.9
12.2
10.9
11.6
10.2
9.5
8.8
14.3
12.9
21.8
21.1
30.6
30.6
32.0
32.6
34.0
32.0
29.2
27.9

450
12.4
11.7
10.4
11.1
9.8
9.1
8.5
13.7
12.4
20.8
20.2
29.3
29.3
30.6
31.2
32.5
30.6
28.0
26.7

480
11.4
10.8
9.6
10.2
9.0
8.4
7.8
12.6
11.4
19.2
18.6
27.0
27.0
28.2
28.8
30.0
28.2
25.8
24.6

500
11.0
10.4
9.3
9.9
8.7
8.1
7.5
12.2
11.0
18.6
18.0
26.1
26.1
27.3
27.8
29.0
27.3
24.9
23.8

515
8.6
8.1
7.2
7.7
6.8
6.3
5.9
9.5
8.6
14.4
14.0
20.3
20.3
21.2
21.6
22.5
21.2
19.4
18.5

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by linear interpolation for each specific type of material. Loads for temperatures higher or
lower than those given and specific to the material can be calculated from the nominal load FN by using the temperature factors on page 74.

80

530
6.3
5.9
5.3
5.6
5.0
4.6
4.3
6.9
6.3
10.6
10.2
14.9
14.9
15.5
15.8
16.5
15.5
14.2
13.5

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Series HDV

Surface protection:
primed
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low
service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: HDV 0400.490.16-16.0

(16Mo3, blank)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights (loads Ft as for HZV opposite)


nom.
dia.
DN
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
800
850
900
1000

outer nom.
pipe
load
diameter
D
Fn1)
mm
kN
114.3 20
139.7 18
168.3 16
219.1 17
273
15
323.9 14
355.6 13
406.4 21
457
19
508
32
559
31
610
46
711
45
813
47
864
48
914
50
1016
47

Connection
diameter

1)

DN
LGV
c (mm)

type

HDV...
0100. ... . ...1)
0125. ... . ...1)
0150. ... . ...1)
0200. ... . ...1)
0250. ... . ...1)
0300. ... . ...1)
0350. ... . ...1)
0400. ... . ...1)
0450. ... . ...1)
0500. ... . ...1)
0550. ... . ...1)
0600. ... . ...1)
0700. ... . ...1)
0800. ... . ...1)
0850. ... . ...1)
0900. ... . ...1)
1000. ... . ...1)

dimensions

B
mm
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
90
90
100
100
110
120
140
150
160
160

b
mm
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30

s
mm
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
15
15
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25

z
mm
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
45
45
55
55
55
55
55
55

16Mo3
S 235 JRG 2
13CrMo4-5
instal. max. approx. instal. max. approx. instal. max. approx.
dim. insul. weight dim. insul. weight dim. insul. weight
thk.
thk.
thk.
E
J
E
J
E
J
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
235
135
6.4
295
185
7.0
355
235
7.7
245
130
6.7
305
180
7.4
365
230
8.0
260
130
7.2
320
180
7.9
380
230
8.5
325
170
10
385
220
11
445
270
12
350
170
11
410
220
12
470
270
13
375
170
12
435
220
13
495
270
14
390
170
13
450
220
13
510
270
14
430
185
22
490
235
23
550
285
24
455
185
23
515
235
25
575
285
26
495
190
39
555
240
41
615
290
43
520
190
42
580
240
43
640
290
45
565
205
63
625
255
66
685
305
69
615
205
76
675
255
79
735
305
82
670
210
97
730
260 101
790
310 104
695
205 108
755
255 112
815
305 116
720
205 120
780
255 124
840
305 128
770
205 130
830
255 134
890
305 138

100 450 100 450 500 550 500 550 500 550 600 1000 600 1000 600 1000 600 1000
12
16/20
12
16/20
24
12
16/20
24
30
16
24
16
24
30
16
24
30
36

Enter dimension E and load group LGV.

81

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA three-bolt clamps, medium

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA two-bolt clamps, heavy-duty

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Series HZS

Surface protection:
primed
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low
service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: HZS 0300-13.0

(13CrMo4-5, blank)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


Main
Connecting dimensions approx.
nom. outer nom. type instal.
weight
dim. dimensions
dia. pipe load
diameter
DN
D
HZS
E
A
B
b
c
s
z
mm kN
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kg
150 168.3 28 0150 140 350 70 25
24
15
35
7.7
200 219.1 26 0200 170 410 70 25
24
15
35
9.1
250 273.0 22 0250 200 470 70 25
24
15
35 11
300 323.9 25 0300 225 520 90 25
24
15
35 15
350 355.6 40 0350 260 610 100 25
30
20
45 26
400 406.4 37 0400 285 660 100 25
30
20
45 28
450 457
56 0450 325 750 110 30
36
25
50 44
500 508
56 0500 355 810 120 30
36
25
50 52
550 559
65 0550 385 890 150 30
42
25
60 72
600 610
66 0600 410 940 160 30
42
25
60 82
700 711
60 0700 460 1040 160 30
42
25
60 92
800 813
53 0800 515 1150 160 30
42
25
60 103

Loads Ft in kN
Material (standard)
S 235 JRG 2

16Mo3

13CrMo4-5

temperature in C
100
24.6
22.9
19.4
22.0
35.2
32.6
49.3
49.3
57.2
58.1
52.8
46.6

200
22.1
20.5
17.4
19.8
31.6
29.2
44.2
44.2
51.4
52.1
47.4
41.9

250
19.9
18.5
15.6
17.8
28.4
26.3
39.8
39.8
46.2
46.9
42.6
37.6

300
16.2
15.1
12.8
14.5
23.2
21.5
32.5
32.5
37.7
38.3
34.8
30.7

350
20.2
18.7
15.8
18.0
28.8
26.6
40.3
40.3
46.8
47.5
43.2
38.2

400
19.0
17.7
15.0
17.0
27.2
25.2
38.1
38.1
44.2
44.9
40.8
36.0

450
18.2
16.9
14.3
16.3
26.0
24.1
36.4
36.4
42.3
42.9
39.0
34.5

480
16.8
15.6
13.2
15.0
24.0
22.2
33.6
33.6
39.0
39.6
36.0
31.8

500
16.2
15.1
12.8
14.5
23.2
21.5
32.5
32.5
37.7
38.3
34.8
30.7

515
12.6
11.7
9.9
11.3
18.0
16.7
25.2
25.2
29.3
29.7
27.0
23.9

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by linear interpolation for each specific type of material. Loads for temperatures
higher or lower than those given and specific to the material can be calculated from the nominal load FN by using the temperature factors
on page 74.

82

530
9.2
8.6
7.3
8.3
13.2
12.2
18.5
18.5
21.5
21.8
19.8
17.5

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Series HDS

Surface protection:
primed
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low
service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: HDS 0300.505.16-13.0

(13CrMo4-5, blank)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights (loads Ft as for HZS opposite)


nom.
dia.
DN
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
800

outer
pipe
diameter
D
mm
168.3
219.1
273
323.9
355.6
406.4
457
508
559
610
711
813

Connection
diameter

1)

nom.
load

type

Fn1)
kN
28
27
22
25
40
37
57
56
65
66
60
53

HDS...
0150. ... . ...1)
0200. ... . ...1)
0250. ... . ...1)
0300. ... . ...1)
0350. ... . ...1)
0400. ... . ...1)
0450. ... . ...1)
0500. ... . ...1)
0550. ... . ...1)
0600. ... . ...1)
0700. ... . ...1)
0800. ... . ...1)

dimensions

B
mm
70
70
70
90
100
100
110
120
150
160
160
160

b
mm
25
25
25
25
25
25
30
30
30
30
30
30

s
mm
15
15
15
15
20
20
25
25
25
25
25
25

z
mm
35
35
35
35
45
45
50
50
60
60
60
60

16Mo3
S 235 JRG 2
13CrMo4-5
instal. max. approx. instal. max. approx. instal. max. approx.
dim. insul. weight dim. insul. weight dim. insul. weight
thk.
thk.
thk.
E
J
E
J
E
J
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
kg
290
155
11
350
205
12
410
255
14
320
160
12
380
210
14
440
260
15
350
165
13
410
215
15
470
265
17
385
175
19
445
225
21
505
275
23
420
185
32
480
235
34
540
285
36
445
185
34
505
235
37
565
285
39
485
200
53
545
250
56
605
300
59
515
205
61
575
255
64
635
305
68
545
200
84
605
250
88
665
300
93
570
200
94
630
250
99
690
300
103
620
210
106
680
260
110
740
310
115
675
210
116
735
260
121
795
310
125

DN
150 300 150 300 350 400 350 400 350 400 350 400 450 800 450 800 450 800 450 800 450 800
LGV
12
16/20
12
16/20
24
30
12
16/20
24
30
36
c (mm)
16
24
16
24
30
36
16
24
30
36
42

Enter dimension E and load group LGV.

83

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA three-bolt clamps, heavy-duty

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA connecting lugs,


normal (for HZN)
Verbindungslasche, medium (for HZV)
HYDRA
Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Series ZVN
Series ZVV

Surface protection:
primed
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low
service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: ZVN 050.230.16-16.0

(16Mo3, blank)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


lug nom.
for
load
2-bolt
clamp
FN
HZN... kN
0250
7
to
7
0350
7
0400
9
to
9
0500
9
0550 23
to
23
1000 23

type

ZVN...
040.150..1)..
040.210..1)..
040.270..1)..
050.170..1)..
050.230..1)..
050.290..1)..
070.170..1)..
070.230..1)..
070.290..1)..

max. ininsul. stal.


thk. dim.
J
mm
160
210
260
180
230
290
200
250
300

E
mm
150
210
270
170
230
290
170
230
290

dimensions

B g s1 z1
mm mm mm mm
40 23 6 24
40 23 6 24
40 23 6 24
50 27 8 30
50 27 8 30
50 27 8 30
70 33 10 40
70 33 10 40
70 33 10 40

Order example: ZVV 070.210.16-16.0


lug nom.
for
load
2-bolt
clamp
FN
HZV... kN
0100 19
to
19
0150 19
0200 21
to
21
0450 21
0500 32
to
32
0550 32
0600 50
to
50
1000 50
1)

type

ZVV...
070.120..1)..
070.180..1)..
070.230..1)..
070.150..1)..
070.210..1)..
070.270..1)..
090.150..1)..
090.210..1)..
090.270..1)..
100.150..1)..
100.210..1)..
100.270..1)..

max. ininsul. stal.


thk. dim.
J
mm
130
180
220
180
230
280
190
240
290
200
250
300

E
mm
120
180
230
150
210
270
150
210
270
150
210
270

approx.
weight

material (standard)
S 235 JRG 2

16Mo3

13CrMo4-5

temperature in C
kg
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.7
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.6
1.9

100 200 250 300 350 400 450 480 500 515
6.2 5.5 5.0 4.1 - 5.0 4.8 4.6 4.2 - 4.1 3.2
7.9 7.1 6.4 5.2 - 6.5 6.1 5.9 5.4 - 5.2 4.1
20.2 18.2 16.3 13.3 - 16.6 15.6 15.0 13.8 - 13.3 10.4

530
2.3
3.0
7.6

LGV
12
16
12
16
20
12
16
20
24

B
mm
40
40
50
50
50
70
70
70
70

f s2 z2
mm mm mm
14 6 18
18 6 18
14 8 24
18 8 24
23 8 24
14 10 35
18 10 35
23 10 35
27 10 35

(16Mo3, blank)

dimensions

B g s1 z1
mm mm mm mm
70 27 10 35
70 27 10 35
70 27 10 35
70 27 10 35
70 27 10 35
70 27 10 35
90 33 15 45
90 33 15 45
90 33 15 45
100 39 20 50
100 39 20 50
100 39 20 50

approx.
weight

material (standard)
S 235 JRG 2

16Mo3

13CrMo4-5

Load width Connecting


group
dimensions

temperature in C
kg
1.0
1.3
1.6
1.1
1.5
1.8
2.4
3.0
3.6
3.6
4.5
5.5

100 200 250 300 350 400 450 480 500 515 530
16.7 15.0 13.5 11.0 - 13.7 12.9 12.4 11.4 - 11.0 8.6 6.3
18.5 16.6 14.9 12.2 - 15.1 14.3 13.7 12.6 - 12.2 9.5 6.9
28.2 25.3 22.7 18.6 - 23.0 21.8 20.8 19.2 - 18.6 14.4 10.6
44.0 39.5 35.5 29.0 - 36.0 34.0 32.5 30.0 - 29.0 22.5 16.5

Enter load group LGV.

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by linear interpolation for each specific type of material.
Loads for temperatures higher or lower than those given and specific to the material can be calculated from the
nominal load FN by using the temperature factors on page 74.
The nominal load FN of the load group must never be exceeded.

84

Load width Connecting


group
dimensions

LGV
12
16
20
24
12
16
20
24
30
12
16
20
24
30
36

B
mm
70
70
70
70
90
90
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100

f s2 z2
mm mm mm
14 10 40
18 15 40
23 15 40
27 15 40
14 10 40
18 15 40
23 15 40
27 15 45
36 15 45
14 10 40
18 15 40
23 15 40
27 20 40
36 20 50
43 20 55

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Series ZVS

Surface protection:
primed
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low
service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: ZVS 120.270.20-13.0

(13CrMo4-5, blank)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


Lug nom.
for
load
2-bolt
clamp
FN
HZS... kN
150
28
bis
28
300
28
350
40
bis
40
400
40
450
56
bis
56
500
56
550
66
bis
66
600
66
1)

type

ZVS...
070.140..1)..
070.200..1)..
070.260..1)..
090.140..1)..
090.200..1)..
090.260..1)..
100.140..1)..
100.200..1)..
100.260..1)..
120.150..1)..
120.210..1)..
120.270..1)..

max. ininsul. stal.


thk. dim.
J
mm
160
210
260
170
220
270
180
230
280
200
250
300

E
mm
140
200
260
140
200
260
140
200
260
150
210
270

dimensions

B g s1 z1
mm mm mm mm
70 27 12 35
70 27 12 35
70 27 12 35
90 33 15 45
90 33 15 45
90 33 15 45
100 39 20 55
100 39 20 55
100 39 20 55
120 45 20 60
120 45 20 60
120 45 20 60

approx.
weight

material (standard))
S 235 JRG 2

16Mo3

13CrMo4-5

Load width Connecting


group
dimensions

temperature in C
kg
1.3
1.7
2.1
2.2
2.8
3.5
3.5
4.5
5.4
4.6
5.7
6.8

100 200 250 300 350 400 450 480 500 515 530
16.7 15.0 13.5 11.0 - 13.7 12.9 12.4 11.4 - 11.0 8.6 6.3
18.5 16.6 14.9 12.2 - 15.1 14.3 13.7 12.6 - 12.2 9.5 6.9
28.2 25.3 22.7 18.6 - 23.0 21.8 20.8 19.2 - 18.6 14.4 10.6
44.0 39.5 35.5 29.0 - 36.0 34.0 32.5 30.0 - 29.0 22.5 16.5

Enter load group LGV.

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by linear interpolation for each specific type of material.
Loads for temperatures higher or lower than those given and specific to the material can be calculated from the
nominal load FN by using the temperature factors on page 74.
The nominal load FN of the load group must never be exceeded.

LGV
12
16
20
24
12
16
20
24
30
12
16
20
24
30
36
16
20
24
30
36
42

B
mm
70
70
70
70
90
90
90
90
90
100
100
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
120
120
120

f s2 z2
mm mm mm
14 10 35
18 12 35
23 12 35
27 12 35
14 10 40
18 15 40
23 15 45
27 15 45
36 15 45
14 10 40
18 15 40
23 15 45
27 20 45
36 20 50
43 20 55
18 15 40
23 15 45
27 20 45
36 20 50
43 20 60
48 20 60

85

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA connecting lugs, heavy-duty (for HZS)

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA grip clamps, normal

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Surface protection:
primed
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: HGN 0300.370.12-37.1

(Standard, S 235 JRG 2, blank)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom. outer nom.
type
max. inmax. SW approx.
dimensions
dia. pipe load
insul. stal.
torque
weight
diathk. dim. B F max. c
G1/
meter
HGN...
J
E
G2
Ma2)
DN
D
FN
mm
kN
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm
kg
1)
150 168.3 24 0150.255.. .. 120 255 110 204 159 12
10
19 6.2
0150.365..1).. 220 365
7.5
200 219.1 24 0200.295..1).. 135 295 110 243 192 12
10
19 6.9
0200.405..1).. 235 405
8.1
250 273.0 24 0250.330..1).. 145 330 110 287 225 12
10
19 7.4
0250.440..1).. 245 440
8.7
1)
300 323.9 24 0300.370.. .. 160 370 110 326 238 12
10
19 7.6
0300.470..1).. 250 470
8.7
350 356.6 24 0350.390..1).. 165 390 110 348 257 12
10
19 7.9
0350.490..1).. 255 490
9.0
400 406.4 45 0400.450..1).. 190 450 130 409 303 16
30
24 14
0400.540..1).. 270 540
15
1)
450 457
45 0450.490.. .. 205 490 130 448 332 16
30
24 14
0450.570..1).. 275 570
15
500 508
62 0500.505..1).. 190 505 170 459 381 20
50
30 24
0500.605..1).. 280 605
26
550 559
62 0550.550..1).. 205 550 170 495 410 20
50
30 25
0550.635..1).. 285 635
27
1)
600 610
62 0600.580.. .. 210 580 170 530 440 20
50
30 27
0600.665..1).. 290 665
29
700 711
81 0700.675..1).. 250 675 210 567 523 24 100
36 44
0700.730..1).. 300 730
46
800 813
81 0800.695..1).. 220 695 210 635 580 24 100
36 47
0800.780..1).. 300 780
49
1)
850 864
81 0850.725.. .. 225 725 210 667 608 24 100
36 48
0850.810..1).. 300 810
51
900 914
81 0900.755..1).. 230 755 210 703 635 24 100
36 50
0900.835..1).. 300 835
52
1000 1016
81 1000.825..1).. 245 825 210 767 692 24 100
36 53
1000.885..1).. 300 885
55
1)
2)

Series HGN

Loads Ft in kN
Material (standard)
S 235 JRG 2

13CrMo4-5
temperature in C

20
24
24
24
24
24
45
45
62
62
62
81
81
81
81
81
-

100 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 515 530
21.1 19.0 17.0 13.9 - 20.4 19.2 18.2 13.9 10.8 7.9
21.1 19.0 17.0 13.9 - 20.4 19.2 18.2 13.9 10.8 7.9
21.1 19.0 17.0 13.9 - 20.4 19.2 18.2 13.9 10.8 7.9
21.1 19.0 17.0 13.9 - 20.4 19.2 18.2 13.9 10.8 7.9
21.1 19.0 17.0 13.9 - 20.4 19.2 18.2 13.9 10.8 7.9
39.6 35.6 32.0 26.1 - 38.3 36.0 34.2 26.1 20.3 14.9
39.6 35.6 32.0 26.1 - 38.3 36.0 34.2 26.1 20.3 14.9
54.6 49.0 44.0 36.0 - 52.7 49.6 47.1 36.0 27.9 20.5
54.6 49.0 44.0 36.0 - 52.7 49.6 47.1 36.0 27.9 20.5
54.6 49.0 44.0 36.0 - 52.7 49.6 47.1 36.0 27.9 20.5
71.3 64.0 57.5 47.0 - 68.9 64.8 61.6 47.0 36.5 26.7
71.3 64.0 57.5 47.0 - 68.9 64.8 61.6 47.0 36.5 26.7
71.3 64.0 57.5 47.0 - 68.9 64.8 61.6 47.0 36.5 26.7
71.3 64.0 57.5 47.0 - 68.9 64.8 61.6 47.0 36.5 26.7
71.3 64.0 57.5 47.0 - 68.9 64.8 61.6 47.0 36.5 26.7

Enter load group LGV.


Tightening torque for bow rod nuts upon installation.

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by linear interpolation for each specific type of material. Loads for temperatures
higher or lower than those given and specific to the material can be calculated from the nominal load FN by using the temperature factors
on page 74.
For load group and connecting dimensions see table on page 87.

86

Standard version

Options

Materials:
13CrMo4-5

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Surface protection:
primed
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: HGV 0300.480.20-13.0

Series HGV

(13CrMo4-5, blank)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom. outer nom.
type
max. inmax. SW
dimensions
dia. pipe load
insul. stal.
torque
diathk. dim. B F max. c
G1/
meter
HGV...
J
E
G2
Ma2)
DN
D
FN
mm
kN
mm mm mm mm mm mm Nm
1)
250 273.0 45 0250.400.. .. 210 400 136 309 222 16
30
24
0250.450..1).. 275 450
300 323.9 45 0300.430..1).. 210 430 136 348 252 16
30
24
0300.480..1).. 280 480
350 356.6 67 0350.450..1).. 210 450 176 388 281 20
50
30
0350.500..1).. 280 500
400 406.4 67 0400.490..1).. 225 490 176 427 311 20
50
30
0400.540..1).. 295 540
450 457
90 0450.530..1).. 230 530 216 437 356 24 100
36
0450.580..1).. 305 580
500 508
90 0500.570..1).. 245 570 216 472 383 24 100
36
0500.620..1).. 315 620
550 559
90 0550.610..1).. 260 610 216 512 413 24 100
36
0550.650..1).. 320 650
600 610 143 0600.630..1).. 245 630 256 573 468 30 200
46
0600.680..1).. 325 680
700 711 143 0700.700..1).. 265 700 256 644 534 30 200
46
0700.740..1).. 335 740
800 813 190 0800.760..1).. 245 760 294 676 617 36 300
55
0800.800..1).. 340 800
850 864 190 0850.780..1).. 240 780 294 709 645 36 300
55
0850.820..1).. 330 820
900 914 190 0900.820..1).. 255 820 294 744 672 36 300
55
0900.860..1).. 345 860
1000 1016 190 1000.880..1).. 265 880 294 809 729 36 300
55
1000.920..1).. 355 920
1)
2)

Loads Ft in kN
approx.
weight

Material (standard)
13CrMo4-5
Temperatur in C

kg
14
15
14
15
23
25
25
26
39
40
41
42
43
44
68
70
78
79
115
117
118
120
122
124
128
130

350 400 450 500 515 530


38,3 36,0 34,2 26,1 20,3 14,9
38,3 36,0 34,2 26,1 20,3 14,9
57,0 53,6 50,9 38,9 30,2 22,1
57,0 53,6 50,9 38,9 30,2 22,1
76,5 72,0 68,4 52,2 40,5 29,7
76,5 72,0 68,4 52,2 40,5 29,7
76,5 72,0 68,4 52,2 40,5 29,7
122 114 109 82,9 64,4 47,2
122 114 109 82,9 64,4 47,2

Connecting
dimensions
load Connecting
group dimensions
LGV
12
16
20
24
30
36
42
48
56
64

f s z
mm mm mm
14 10 40
18 12 40
22 15 50
26 15 50
35 25 70
42 28 80
48 32 90
53 36 90
65 40 90
75 40 100

Load group
and connecting dimensions are
also valid for
page 86.

162 152 144 110 85,5 62,7


162 152 144 110 85,5 62,7
162 152 144 110 85,5 62,7
162 152 144 110 85,5 62,7

Enter load group LGV.


Tightening torque for bow rod nuts upon installation.

The loads for intermediate temperatures can be calculated by linear interpolation for each specific type of material. Loads for temperatures
higher or lower than those given and specific to the material can be calculated from the nominal load FN by using the temperature factors
on page 74.

87

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA grip clamps, medium

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA U-type clamp, normal

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Series HBN

Surface protection:
primed
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: HBN 0300.450.30-13.0

(13CrMo4-5, blank)
Connecting
dimensions

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights

1)

nom.
dia.

outer
pipe
diameter

nom.
load

type

max.
insulation
thk.

instal.
dim.

DN
100

D
mm
114.3

FN
kN
39

125

139.7

39

150

168.3

39

200

219.1

65

250

273.0

76

300

323.9

106

350

355.6

108

400

406.4

158

450

457

162

500

508

195

550

559

203

600

610

241

700

711

256

800

813

349

850

864

349

900

914

364

HBN...
0100.310..1)..
0100.370..1)..
0125.330..1)..
0125.390..1)..
0150.340..1)..
0150.400..1)..
0200.370..1)..
0200.430..1)..
0250.410..1)..
0250.470..1)..
0300.450..1)..
0300.510..1)..
0350.470..1)..
0350.530..1)..
0400.520..1)..
0400.580..1)..
0450.550..1)..
0450.610..1)..
0500.590..1)..
0500.650..1)..
0550.620..1)..
0550.680..1)..
0600.650..1)..
0600.710..1)..
0700.730..1)..
0700.770..1)..
0800.810..1)..
0800.850..1)..
0850.850..1)..
0850.890..1)..
0900.880..1)..
0900.930..1)..

J
mm
185
235
185
235
185
235
185
235
195
245
200
250
205
255
220
270
225
275
230
280
235
285
240
290
260
300
280
320
290
330
300
350

E
mm
310
370
330
390
340
400
370
430
410
470
450
510
470
530
520
580
550
610
590
650
620
680
650
710
730
770
810
850
850
890
880
930

dimensions

approx.
weight

A
mm
146

B
mm
120

F
mm
92

G
mm
139

b
mm
16

171

120

96

138

16

200

120

100

147

16

262

132

127

147

16

316

132

145

166

16

377

154

164

185

20

410

154

169

195

20

486

204

181

205

25

537

204

191

219

25

599

234

216

219

30

650

234

230

233

30

727

284

238

243

30

829

284

262

266

40

957

334

288

301

50

1009

334

298

310

50

1079

384

311

321

50

Enter load group LGV.

Loads for higher temperatures and other materials in accordance with reduction factors on page 74.

88

kg
6.0
6.4
6.5
6.9
7.3
7.6
11
12
13
14
22
23
24
24
43
45
48
49
65
67
72
73
109
111
127
129
197
199
209
211
266
269

load
group
LGV
12
16
20
24
30
36
42
48
56

connecting
dimensions
c
mm
16
24
24
33
40
45
50
60
60

z
mm
20
30
30
40
50
55
65
75
75

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Series HBV

Surface protection:
primed
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: HBV 0300.520.36-13.0

(13CrMo4-5, blank)
Connecting
dimensions

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights

1)

nom.
dia.

outer
pipe
diameter

nom.
load

type

max.
insulation
thk.

instal.
dim.

DN
150

D
mm
168.3

FN
kN
95

200

219.1

109

250

273.0

171

300

323.9

212

350

355.6

238

400

406.4

270

450

457

274

500

508

315

550

559

328

600

610

354

700

711

415

800

813

490

850

864

603

900

914

651

HBV...
0150.360..1)..
0150.420..1)..
0200.380..1)..
0200.440..1)..
0250.430..1)..
0250.490..1)..
0300.460..1)..
0300.520..1)..
0350.500..1)..
0350.660..1)..
0400.560..1)..
0400.590..1)..
0450.590..1)..
0450.620..1)..
0500.630..1)..
0500.670..1)..
0550.670..1)..
0550.700..1)..
0600.700..1)..
0600.730..1)..
0700.790..1)..
0700.800..1)..
0800.880..1)..
0800.880..1)..
0850.930..1)..
0850.930..1)..
0900.970..1)..
0900.970..1)..

J
mm
185
235
185
235
195
245
200
250
210
360
240
270
245
275
250
280
265
285
270
290
290
300
330
330
340
340
350
350

E
mm
360
420
380
440
430
490
460
520
500
660
560
590
590
620
630
670
670
700
700
730
790
800
880
880
930
930
970
970

dimensions

approx.
weight

A
mm
220

B
mm
154

F
mm
138

G
mm
168

b
mm
16

272

154

146

167

20

351

214

175

178

25

412

239

188

188

30

460

264

196

207

30

511

269

213

236

30

562

269

226

245

40

639

304

239

251

40

690

304

248

265

50

752

334

262

265

50

889

409

287

286

50

992

424

322

323

50

1094

504

330

335

60

1144

514

348

354

60

kg
14
15
16
17
35
36
48
49
66
71
78
79
86
87
117
118
128
129
156
157
249
250
309
309
449
449
493
493

load
group
LGV
20
24
30
36
42
48
56
64
72

connecting
dimensions
c
mm
24
33
40
45
50
60
60
70
80

z
mm
30
40
50
55
65
75
75
85
100

Enter load group LGV.

Loads for higher temperatures and other materials in accordance with reduction factors on page 74.

89

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA U-type clamp, medium

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA U-type clamp, heavy-duty

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
13CrMo4-5,
10CrMo9-10,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Series HBS

Surface protection:
primed
(see page 26 for option
code)

Surface protection: blank

Order example: HBS 0300.530.36-10.0

(10CrMo9-10, blank)
Connecting
dimensions

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights

1)

nom.
dia.

outer
pipe
diameter

nom.
load

type

max.
insulation
thk.

instal.
dim.

DN
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
700
750
800

D
mm
219.1
273.0
323.9
355.6
406.4
457
508
559
610
711
762
813

FN
kN
163
208
232
292
338
340
373
390
421
492
520
593

HBS...
0200.460..1)..
0250.500..1)..
0300.530..1)..
0350.560..1)..
0400.600..1)..
0450.630..1)..
0500.660..1)..
0550.700..1)..
0600.740..1)..
0700.800..1)..
0750.850..1)..
0800.900..1)..

J
mm
240
250
250
260
270
280
280
290
290
300
310
330

E
mm
460
500
530
560
600
630
660
700
740
800
850
900

dimensions

A
mm
297
376
427
485
536
587
664
715
787
939
990
1042

B
mm
194
244
249
294
299
299
334
334
384
469
469
484

F
mm
148
168
190
199
216
229
241
251
264
293
303
328

approx.
weight
G
mm
169
190
198
209
237
247
252
267
269
289
303
326

Enter load group LGV.

Loads for higher temperatures and other materials in accordance with reduction factors on page 74.

90

b
mm
25
30
30
30
30
40
40
50
50
50
50
50

kg
27
49
58
84
98
107
141
153
200
321
346
398

load
group
LGV
20
24
30
36
42
48
56
64
72

connecting
dimensions
c
mm
24
33
40
45
50
60
60
70
80

z
mm
30
40
50
55
65
75
75
85
100

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2, 13CrMo4-5,
10CrMo9-10, depending
on service temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Series MSN

Version I

Surface protection: blank

Version II

Surface protection: primed


(see page 26 for option
code)

Key preventing slippage and rotation

Order example: MSN 0200.029.270.18-37.3

(S 235 JRG 2, primed)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom.
dia.

1)

outer
nom.
pipe
load
diameter

type

max. in- instal.


sulation dim.
thk.

version approx.
weight

dimensions

DN
-

D
mm

FN
kN

MSN
-

J
mm

E
mm

A
mm

B
mm

C
mm

G
mm

p
mm

k
mm

f
mm

q
mm

kg

40

48.3

14

105

48

35

25

50

45

60.3

14

48

35

25

50

45

60.3

29

115

86

62

45

25

60

55

II

65

76.1

14

135

48

35

25

50

45

65

76.1

29

135

86

62

45

25

60

55

II

80

89.9

14

145

48

35

25

50

45

80

89.9

29

145

86

62

45

25

60

55

II

100

114.3

29

170

86

62

45

25

60

55

II

100

114.3

53

185

114

82

60

30

80

80

II

125

139.7

29

200

86

62

45

25

60

55

II

125

139.7

53

210

114

82

60

30

80

80

II

150

168.3

29

225

86

62

45

25

60

55

II

150

168.3

53

240

114

82

60

30

80

80

II

150

168.3

79

250

170

130

105

40

16

110

125

II

150

168.3

114

260

192

144

115

40

16

120

135

II

200

219.1

29

280

86

62

45

25

60

55

II

200

219.1

53

290

114

82

60

30

80

80

II

200

219.1

79

300

170

130

105

40

16

110

125

II

200

219.1

114

315

192

144

115

40

16

120

135

II

250

273

29

330

86

62

45

25

60

55

II

250

273

53

345

114

82

60

30

80

80

II

250

273

79

355

170

130

105

40

16

110

125

II

250

273

114

130
200
130
200
150
210
150
220
160
230
160
230
190
250
190
250
210
270
210
270
230
290
240
300
240
300
240
300
270
330
280
340
280
340
290
350
320
380
320
380
320
380
330
390

115

50

70
180
75
130
75
130
85
140
85
140
90
145
90
145
100
150
100
150
110
160
110
160
120
170
120
170
120
170
120
170
135
185
135
185
135
185
135
185
150
200
150
200
150
200
150
200

120

50

0040.014.120. ...1)
0040.014.180. ...1)
0050.014.130. ...1)
0050.014.200. ...1)
0050.029.130. ...1)
0050.029.200. ...1)
0065.014.150. ...1)
0065.014.210. ...1)
0065.029.150. ...1)
0065.029.220. ...1)
0080.014.160. ...1)
0080.014.230. ...1)
0080.029.160. ...1)
0080.029.230. ...1)
0100.029.190. ...1)
0100.029.250. ...1)
0100.053.190. ...1)
0100.053.250. ...1)
0125.029.210. ...1)
0125.029.270. ...1)
0125.053.210. ...1)
0125.053.270. ...1)
0150.029.230. ...1)
0150.029.290. ...1)
0150.053.240. ...1)
0150.053.300. ...1)
0150.079.240. ...1)
0150.079.300. ...1)
0150.114.240. ...1)
0150.114.300. ...1)
0200.029.270. ...1)
0200.029.330. ...1)
0200.053.280. ...1)
0200.053.340. ...1)
0200.079.280. ...1)
0200.079.340. ...1)
0200.114.290. ...1)
0200.114.350. ...1)
0250.029.320. ...1)
0250.029.380. ...1)
0250.053.320. ...1)
0250.053.380. ...1)
0250.079.320. ...1)
0250.079.380. ...1)
0250.114.330. ...1)
0250.114.390. ...1)

370

192

144

115

40

16

120

135

II

0.9
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.9
2.3
1.3
1.6
2.2
2.6
1.4
1.8
2.4
2.9
2.9
3.5
5.5
6.4
3.4
4.1
6.3
7.4
3.9
4.7
7.4
8.6
12
14
19
21
5
6
9.2
11
15
17
23
25
7
8
11
13
18
20
27
30

Enter nominal load of MBS bracket.

Loads for higher temperatures and other materials in accordance with reduction factors on page 74.
This clamp can be used only in conjunction with the MBS bracket, which is factory-welded to the clamp.
The key to prevent slippage and rotation is supplied loose and must be welded to the pipe on site.

91

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA alternating load clamp

Standard products horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA alternating load clamp

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2, 13CrMo4-5,
10CrMo9-10, depending
on service temperature

for other materials see


page 74

Surface protection: blank

Series MSN

Surface protection:
primed
(see page 26 for option
code)

Order example: MSN 0500.114.480.46-37.3

(S 235 JRG 2, primed)

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom.
dia.

1)

outer
nom.
pipe
load
diameter

type

max. in- instal.


sulation dim.
thk.

dimensions

version approx.
weight

DN
-

D
mm

FN
kN

MSN
-

J
mm

E
mm

A
mm

B
mm

C
mm

G
mm

p
mm

k
mm

f
mm

q
mm

kg

300

323.9

53

82

60

30

80

80

II

79

410

170

130

105

40

16

110

125

II

300

323.9

114

420

192

144

115

40

16

120

135

II

300

323.9

182

440

232

172

135

50

16

145

155

II

350

355.6

53

430

114

82

60

30

80

80

II

350

355.6

79

440

170

130

105

40

16

110

125

II

350

355.6

114

450

192

144

115

40

16

120

135

II

350

355.6

182

470

232

172

135

50

16

145

155

II

400

406.4

79

490

170

130

105

40

16

110

125

II

400

406.4

114

505

192

144

115

40

16

120

135

II

400

406.4

182

520

232

172

135

50

16

145

155

II

400

406.4

265

540

260

188

145

50

21

155

165

II

450

457

79

540

170

130

105

40

16

110

125

II

450

457

114

555

192

144

115

40

16

120

135

II

450

457

182

570

232

172

135

50

16

145

155

II

450

457

265

590

260

188

145

50

21

155

165

II

500

506

79

595

170

130

105

40

16

110

125

II

500

506

114

605

192

144

115

40

16

120

135

II

500

506

182

625

232

172

135

50

16

145

155

II

500

506

265

640

260

188

145

50

21

155

165

II

500

506

456

350
410
350
410
360
420
360
420
370
430
370
430
380
440
750
810
410
470
420
480
750
810
750
810
440
500
450
510
750
810
750
810
470
530
480
540
750
810
750
810
750
810

114

323.9

155
205
155
205
155
205
155
205
160
210
160
210
160
210
200
250
170
220
170
220
200
250
200
250
175
225
175
225
200
250
200
250
180
230
180
230
200
250
200
250
200
250

395

300

0300.053.350...1)
0300.053.410...1)
0300.079.350...1)
0300.079.410...1)
0300.114.360...1)
0300.114.420...1)
0300.182.360...1)
0300.182.420...1)
0350.053.370...1)
0350.053.430...1)
0350.079.370...1)
0350.079.430...1)
0350.114.380...1)
0350.114.440...1)
0350.182.750...1)
0350.182.810...1)
0400.079.410...1)
0400.079.470...1)
0400.114.420...1)
0400.114.480...1)
0400.182.750...1)
0400.182.810...1)
0400.265.750...1)
0400.265.810...1)
0450.079.440...1)
0450.079.500...1)
0450.114.450...1)
0450.114.510...1)
0450.182.750...1)
0450.182.810...1)
0450.265.750...1)
0450.265.810...1)
0500.079.470...1)
0500.079.530...1)
0500.114.480...1)
0500.114.540...1)
0500.182.750...1)
0500.182.810...1)
0500.265.750...1)
0500.265.810...1)
0500.456.750...1)
0500.456.810...1)

680

380

284

230

70

26

300

250

II

13
15
20
23
30
34
40
45
15
17
21
25
32
36
43
49
25
28
36
41
49
54
68
75
28
32
40
45
53
59
75
83
31
35
45
50
58
64
81
89
148
161

Enter nominal load of MBS bracket.

This clamp can be used only in conjunction with the MBS bracket, which is factory-welded to the clamp.
The key to prevent slippage and rotation is supplied loose and must be welded to the pipe on site.

92

Series MSN

Version I

Version II

Key preventing slippage and rotation

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom.
dia.

1)

outer
nom.
pipe
load
diameter

type

max. in- instal.


sulation dim.
thk.

dimensions

version approx.
weight

DN
-

D
mm

FN
kN

MSN
-

J
mm

E
mm

A
mm

B
mm

C
mm

G
mm

p
mm

k
mm

f
mm

q
mm

kg

550

559

79

206

180

40

16

180

200

II

114

655

278

230

200

40

16

200

220

II

550

559

182

675

326

266

230

50

16

250

250

II

550

559

265

695

344

272

230

50

21

250

250

II

550

559

456

730

380

284

230

70

26

300

250

II

600

610

79

695

246

206

180

40

16

180

200

II

600

610

114

710

278

230

200

40

16

200

220

II

600

610

182

725

326

266

230

50

16

250

250

II

600

610

265

745

344

272

230

50

21

250

250

II

600

610

456

785

380

284

230

70

26

300

250

II

700

711

79

800

246

206

180

40

16

180

200

II

700

711

114

810

278

230

200

40

16

200

220

II

700

711

182

830

326

266

230

50

16

250

250

II

700

711

265

845

344

272

230

50

21

250

250

II

700

711

456

885

380

284

230

70

26

300

250

II

800

813

79

900

246

206

180

40

16

180

200

II

800

813

114

915

278

230

200

40

16

200

220

II

800

813

182

930

326

266

230

50

16

250

250

II

800

813

265

950

344

272

230

50

21

250

250

II

800

813

456

500
560
510
570
750
810
750
810
750
810
530
590
540
600
750
810
750
810
750
810
590
650
600
660
750
810
750
810
750
810
650
710
650
710
750
810
750
810
750
810

246

559

185
235
185
235
200
250
200
250
200
250
190
240
190
240
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250
200
250

645

550

0550.079.500...1)
0550.079.560...1)
0550.114.510...1)
0550.114.570...1)
0550.182.750...1)
0550.182.810...1)
0550.265.750...1)
0550.265.810...1)
0550.456.750...1)
0550.456.810...1)
0600.079.530...1)
0600.079.590...1)
0600.114.540...1)
0600.114.600...1)
0600.182.750...1)
0600.182.810...1)
0600.265.750...1)
0600.265.810...1)
0600.456.750...1)
0600.456.810...1)
0700.079.590...1)
0700.079.650...1)
0700.114.600...1)
0700.114.660...1)
0700.182.750...1)
0700.182.810...1)
0700.265.750...1)
0700.265.810...1)
0700.456.750...1)
0700.456.810...1)
0800.079.650...1)
0800.079.710...1)
0800.114.650...1)
0800.114.710...1)
0800.182.750...1)
0800.182.810...1)
0800.265.750...1)
0800.265.810...1)
0800.456.750...1)
0800.456.810...1)

990

380

284

230

70

26

300

250

II

42
48
62
71
76
85
103
114
157
171
45
52
67
76
81
91
110
122
168
183
53
61
77
87
92
103
123
136
189
205
61
69
86
97
102
114
139
153
208
226

Enter nominal load of MBS bracket.

This clamp can be used only in conjunction with the MBS bracket, which is factory-welded to the clamp.
The key to prevent slippage and rotation is supplied loose and must be welded to the pipe on site.

93

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
horizontal pipe clamps

HYDRA alternating load clamp

Main Features

Formed clamps are used in


the smaller diameter and
lower load ranges, boxtype clamps for larger diameters and higher loads.
The sensible gradation of
the span L is based on
customary insulation thicknesses and covers a range
from 300 to 2400 mm, depending on diameter and
load. S 235 JRG 2, 16Mo3
and 13CrMo4-5 have been
selected as the standard
materials and can be used
for service temperatures
up to approx. 560 C.

Positive experience gained


over many years of use in
power stations and other
industrial installations.
Overload up to 2.5 times
the load-carrying capacity
is permissible (temperature
reduction taken into consideration); no permanent
deformations up to this
load. Connection of hangers is ensured by adapting
the connecting parts to the
respective requirements.
Pipes supported on four
shear lugs; also on shear
pins with box-type clamps.

Formed Clamps VBK


200
150
100
70
Nominal loadFFNN in
inkNkN
Nennlast

Applications

50

30
20
15
10
7
5
15

Selection
Owing to the form of the
clamps, only the required
load Fs during operation is
required for selection (as
with variable spring and
constant hangers).
The reference temperature q1 for clamp selection
can be taken from the
diagram Component temperatures of pipe clamps
on page 75, based on the
temperature of the medium
qM (design temperature of
pipe).
Both the material required
and the minimum nominal
load on the clamp are
based on the reference
temperature q1, which is
the design temperature
of the clamp.

25

50

100

200

300

500

1000

500

1000

Nominal
diameter DN
(mm)
Nennweite
DN

When choosing the materi- Box-type clamps VKK/VKR


al, however, the upper limit
temperature (see table on
1000
page 74) must be considered. (According to several
700
standards, the temperature
500
of the medium qM shall not
exceed this limit!)
300

The minimum load on


the clamp can be taken
from the following load
tables or calculated from
the correction factors on
page 74, using the equation FN Fs/Kq.

inkNkN
Nennlast
Nominal loadFFNN in

Standard products riser clamps

HYDRA riser clamps

200
150
100

70

The connections must be


selected at the same time,
taking into account the
required load Fs and any
other requirements (load
group) due to the assemblies being used.

30
20
15

25

50

100

200

300

Nominal
diameterDN
DN (mm)
Nennweite

Series

VKK

VBK

94

VKR

Requirement:
Riser clamp, blank
Nom. dia: DN 100
Span: L = 800 mm
Required load:
Fs = 8 kN
Temperature of medium:
qM = 555 C
Insulation thickness:
J = 200 mm
Load group 12 (2 x)

Selection:

Example for box-type


clamp

Reference temperature:
q1 = 500 C
(diagram, page 75)
with q1 = 500 C and
Fs = 8 kN from the
following load table:
Material: 13CrMo4-5,
Load on clamp:
Ft = 9.3 kN
Nominal load of clamp:
FN = 16 kN
Formed clamp:
VBK 0100.016.0800.12-13.0

Requirement:
Riser clamp with shear
lugs, blank
Nom. dia: DN 500
Span: L =1400 mm
Required load: Fs = 50 kN
Temperature of medium:
qM = 330 C
Insulation thickness:
J = 160 mm
Load group 24 (2 x)

Selection:
Reference temperature:
q1 = 300 C
(diagram, page 75)
with q1 = 300 C and
Fs = 50 kN from the
following load table:
Material: S 235 JRG 2
Load on clamp:
Ft = 58 kN
Nominal load of clamp:
FN = 100 kN
Box-type clamp:
VKK 0500.100.1400.24-37.0

Loads Ft of clamps made from ferritic/martensitic steels in kN


nom.
load
FN
kN
1.0
4
6.3
10
16
25
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000

material
13CrMo4-5
10CrMo9-10
X10CrMoVNb9-1 (P91)
temperature in C
100 200 250 300 350 400 450 480 500 515 530 540 560 580 600 540 560 580 600 630 650
0.88 0.79 0.71 0.58 0.72 0.68 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.33 0.24 0.18 0.14 0.76 0.82 0.49 0.38 0.25 0.19
3.5 3.2 2.8 2.3 2.9 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.3 1.8 1.3 1.3 0.96 0.72 0.56 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.76
5.5 5.0 4.5 3.7 4.5 4.3 4.1 3.8 3.7 2.8 2.1 2.1 1.5 1.1 0.88 4.8 3.9 3.1 2.4 1.6 1.2
8.8 7.9 7.1 5.8 7.2 6.8 6.5 6.0 5.8 4.5 3.3 3.3 2.4 1.8 1.4 7.6 6.2 4.9 3.8 2.5 1.9
14
13
11
9.3
12
11
10
9.6 9.3 7.2 5.3 5.3 3.8 2.9 2.2
12
9.9 7.8 6.1 4.0 3.0
22
20
18
15
18
17
16
15
15
11
8.3 8.3 6.0 4.5 3.5
19
16
12
10
6.3 4.8
35
32
28
23
29
27
26
24
23
18
13
13
10
7.2 5.6
30
25
20
15
10
7.6
55
50
45
37
45
43
41
38
37
28
21
21
15
11
8.8
48
39
31
24
16
12
88
79
71
58
72
68
65
60
58
45
33
33
24
18
14
76
62
49
38
25
19
141 126 114 93 115 109 104 96
93
72
53
53
38
29
22 122 99
78
61
40
30
220 198 178 145 180 170 163 145 145 113 83
83
60
45
35 190 155 123 95
63
48
352 316 284 232 288 272 260 240 232 180 132 132 96
72
56 304 248 196 152 100 76
554 498 447 365 454 428 410 378 365 284 208 208 151 113 88 479 391 309 239 158 120
880 790 710 580 720 680 650 600 580 450 330 330 240 180 140 760 620 490 380 250 190
S 235 JRG 2

16Mo3

Loads Ft of clamps made from austenitic steels in kN


nom.
load
FN
kN
1.0
4
6.3
10
16
25
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000
1)

1.4541/X6CrNiTi18-10
50
0.94
3.8
5.9
9.4
15
24
38
59
94
150
235
376
592
940

100
0.88
3.5
5.5
8.8
14
22
35
55
88
141
220
352
554
880

150
0.82
3.3
5.2
8.2
13
21
33
52
82
131
205
328
517
820

200
0.78
3.1
4.9
7.8
12
20
31
49
78
125
195
312
491
780

300
0.71
2.8
4.5
7.1
11
18
28
45
71
114
178
284
447
710

400
0.66
2.6
4.2
6.6
11
17
26
42
66
106
165
264
416
660

5001)
0.63
2.5
4.0
6.3
10
16
25
40
63
101
158
252
397
630

5501)
0.62
2.5
3.9
6.2
10
16
25
39
62
99
155
248
391
620

50
1.0
4.0
6.3
10
16
25
40
63
100
160
250
400
630
1000

material
1.4571/X6CrNiTiMo17-12-2
temperature in C
100 150 200 300 400 5001)
0.92 0.87 0.83 0.74 0.69 0.67
3.7 3.5 3.3 3.0 2.8 2.7
5.8 5.5 5.2 4.7 4.3 4.2
9.2 8.7 8.3 7.4 6.9 6.7
15
14
13
12
11
11
23
22
21
19
17
17
37
35
33
30
28
27
58
55
52
47
43
42
92
87
83
74
69
67
147 139 133 118 110 107
230 218 208 185 173 168
368 348 332 296 276 268
580 548 523 466 435 422
920 870 830 740 690 670

1.4958/X5NiCrAlTi31-20 (800H)
5501)
0.66
2.6
4.2
6.6
11
17
26
42
66
106
165
264
416
660

580
0.40
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.4
10
16
25
40
64
100
160
252
400

590
0.40
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.4
10
16
25
40
64
100
160
252
400

600
0.40
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.4
10
16
25
40
64
100
160
252
400

610
0.40
1.6
2.5
4.0
6.4
10
16
25
40
64
100
160
252
400

630
0.38
1.5
2.4
3.8
6.1
9.5
15
24
38
61
95
152
239
380

650
0.32
1.3
2.0
3.2
6.1
8.0
13
20
32
51
80
128
202
320

Bolts made from a different material are required for temperatures > 400 C; therefore, please specify the design temperature with your order.

95

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
riser clamps

Example for formed


clamp

Standard products riser clamps

HYDRA formed clamp

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
13CrMo4-5,
depending on service
temperature

for other materials


see page 95

Surface protection:
primed,
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low
service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)

Surface protection: blank


Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights
nom.
dia.

nom.
load

type

VBK...

mm
33.7

FN
kN
4

42.4

6.3
10
4

48.3

6.3
10
4

size

dimensions

span L
in mm
300

DN

25

32

40

6.3
10

50

60.3

16
4
6.3
10

65

76.1

16
6.3
10
16

80

89.9

25
6.3
10
16
25

1)

0025.004. ... . ...1)


0025.004. ... . ...1)
0025.006. ... . ...1)
0025.010. ... . ...1)
0032.004. ... . ...1)
0032.004. ... . ...1)
0032.006. ... . ...1)
0032.010. ... . ...1)
0040.004. ... . ...1)
0040.004. ... . ...1)
0040.006. ... . ...1)
0040.006. ... . ...1)
0040.010. ... . ...1)
0040.010. ... . ...1)
0040.016. ... . ...1)
0050.004. ... . ...1)
0050.004. ... . ...1)
0050.006. ... . ...1)
0050.006. ... . ...1)
0050.010. ... . ...1)
0050.010. ... . ...1)
0050.016. ... . ...1)
0065.006. ... . ...1)
0065.006. ... . ...1)
0065.010. ... . ...1)
0065.010. ... . ...1)
0065.010. ... . ...1)
0065.016. ... . ...1)
0065.016. ... . ...1)
0065.025. ... . ...1)
0080.006. ... . ...1)
0080.006. ... . ...1)
0080.010. ... . ...1)
0080.010. ... . ...1)
0080.010. ... . ...1)
0080.016. ... . ...1)
0080.016. ... . ...1)
0080.025. ... . ...1)

1
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
3
2
3
3
1
2
2
3
2
3
3
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
4
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
4

H
mm
70
90
90
90
70
90
90
90
70
90
90
100
90
100
100
70
90
90
100
90
100
100
90
100
90
100
130
100
130
130
90
100
90
100
130
100
130
130

b
mm
10
15
15
15
10
15
15
15
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
15
20
20
15
15
15
15
20
15
20
20

s
mm
12
15
15
15
12
15
15
15
12
15
15
20
15
20
20
12
15
15
20
15
20
20
15
20
15
20
25
20
25
25
15
20
15
20
25
20
25
25

z
mm
20
30
30
30
20
30
30
30
20
30
30
35
30
35
35
20
30
30
35
30
35
35
30
35
30
35
45
35
45
45
30
35
30
35
45
35
45
45

400

500

600

800

approx. weight in kg
5
9
9
5
9
9
5
9
9
13
5
9
9
13
9
9
13
9
9
14
-

6
11
6
11
6
11
16
16
7
11
16
16
11
17
17
29
12
17
17
29

13
13
13
13
13
13
19
13
13
20
14
20
34
34
14
20
34
34

15
15
15
23
23
16
23
23
23
23
39
23
23
39
-

29
49
29
49
-

Enter span L and load group LGV.

Connecting dimensions depending on size and load group


Size
Load group LGV
Dimensions
E in mm
c in mm

96

1
12
20
12

2
12 16
30
16

3
12 16
35
16

4
12
35
16

12 16
45
20

12
35
16

5
16
45
20

20 24
45
24

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
riser clamps

Series VBK

Order example:
VBK 0100.016.0600.12-16.0
Size 1 to 3

Size 4 to 5

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom.
dia.

nom.
load

type

FN
kN
10

VBK...

size

dimensions

span L
in mm
400

DN

100

mm
114.3

16
25

125

139.7

40
10
16
25

150

168.3

40
10
16
25

200

219.1

40
10
16
25

250

273

40
10
16
25

300

323.9

40
10
16
25
40

1)

0100.010. ... . ...1)


0100.010. ... . ...1)
0100.016. ... . ...1)
0100.016. ... . ...1)
0100.025. ... . ...1)
0100.025. ... . ...1)
0100.040. ... . ...1)
0125.010. ... . ...1)
0125.010. ... . ...1)
0125.016. ... . ...1)
0125.016. ... . ...1)
0125.025. ... . ...1)
0125.025. ... . ...1)
0125.040. ... . ...1)
0150.010. ... . ...1)
0150.010. ... . ...1)
0150.016. ... . ...1)
0150.016. ... . ...1)
0150.025. ... . ...1)
0150.025. ... . ...1)
0150.040. ... . ...1)
0200.010. ... . ...1)
0200.010. ... . ...1)
0200.016. ... . ...1)
0200.016. ... . ...1)
0200.016. ... . ...1)
0200.025. ... . ...1)
0200.025. ... . ...1)
0200.040. ... . ...1)
0250.010. ... . ...1)
0250.016. ... . ...1)
0250.016. ... . ...1)
0250.025. ... . ...1)
0250.025. ... . ...1)
0250.040. ... . ...1)
0300.010. ... . ...1)
0300.010. ... . ...1)
0300.016. ... . ...1)
0300.016. ... . ...1)
0300.025. ... . ...1)
0300.025. ... . ...1)
0300.040. ... . ...1)

3
4
3
5
4
5
5
3
4
3
4
4
5
5
3
4
4
5
4
5
5
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
5
4
4
5
4
5
5
4
4
4
5
4
5
5

H
mm
100
130
100
180
130
180
180
100
130
100
130
130
180
180
100
130
130
180
130
180
180
100
130
100
130
180
130
180
180
130
130
180
130
180
180
130
130
130
180
130
180
180

b
mm
15
20
15
25
20
25
25
15
20
15
20
20
25
25
15
20
20
25
20
25
25
15
20
15
20
25
20
25
25
20
20
25
20
25
25
20
20
20
25
20
25
25

s
mm
20
25
20
25
25
25
25
20
25
20
25
25
25
25
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
20
25
20
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25
25

z
mm
35
45
35
45
45
45
45
35
45
35
45
45
45
45
35
45
45
45
45
45
45
35
45
35
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45
45

500

600

800

1000

1200

approx. weight in kg
17
17
29
41
18
18
30
42
-

20
34
34
48
21
35
35
49
21
36
36
50
22
22
37
52
-

23
40
-

50
69

55
24
40
56
24
41
57
25
42
42
59
43
43
43
61
45
45
45
62

69
50
50
70
51
51
71
52
52
73
54
54
75
55
55
77
-

61
85
62
87
64
89
65
91
91
-

74
103
75
105
-

Enter span L and load group LGV.

97

Standard products riser clamps

HYDRA box-type clamps

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3,
10CrMo9-10,
depending on service
temperature
Surface protection: blank

for other materials


see page 95

Order example: VKK 0500.100.1400.24-37.0

Surface protection: primed,


hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with
correspondingly low service
temperatures)
(see page 26 for option
code)
S 235 JRG 2, blank

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom.
dia.

nom.
load

type

instal.
dim.

FN
kN
25
40
63
25
40
63
25
40
63
100
25
40
63
100
160
40
63
100
160
250
40
63
100
160
250
40
63
100
160
250
63
100
160
250
400
63
100
160
250
400

VKK...

E
mm
19
15
35
19
15
35
19
15
35
40
19
15
35
40
50
10
30
40
50
40
10
30
40
50
40
10
30
35
50
40
30
35
40
30
40
25
30
40
30
40

dimensions

span L
in mm
400

DN
100
100
100
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
350
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
400
400
450
450
450
450
450
1)

mm
114.3
114.3
114.3
139.7
139.7
139.7
168.3
168.3
168.3
168.3
219.1
219.1
219.1
219.1
219.1
273
273
273
273
273
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
406.4
406.4
406.4
406.4
406.4
457
457
457
457
457

0100.025..1)..
0100.040..1)..
0100.063..1)..
0125.025..1)..
0125.040..1)..
0125.063..1)..
0150.025..1)..
0150.040..1)..
0150.063..1)..
0150.100..1)..
0200.025..1)..
0200.040..1)..
0200.063..1)..
0200.100..1)..
0200.160..1)..
0250.040..1)..
0250.063..1)..
0250.100..1)..
0250.160..1)..
0250.250..1)..
0300.040..1)..
0300.063..1)..
0300.100..1)..
0300.160..1)..
0300.250..1)..
0350.040..1)..
0350.063..1)..
0350.100..1)..
0350.160..1)..
0350.250..1)..
0400.063..1)..
0400.100..1)..
0400.160..1)..
0400.250..1)..
0400.400..1)..
0450.063..1)..
0450.100..1)..
0450.160..1)..
0450.250..1)..
0450.400..1)..

A
mm
154
164
174
179
189
199
208
218
228
243
259
269
279
294
319
323
333
348
373
398
373
383
398
423
448
405
415
430
455
480
466
481
506
531
556
517
532
557
582
607

Enter span L and load group LGV (see table on page 99).

98

H
mm
166
200
245
166
200
245
166
200
245
290
166
200
245
290
360
205
250
290
360
400
205
250
290
360
400
205
250
295
360
400
250
295
370
410
490
255
300
370
410
490

D
mm
116
116
116
142
142
142
170
170
170
170
222
222
222
222
222
276
276
276
276
276
328
328
328
328
328
360
360
360
360
360
411
411
411
411
411
462
462
462
462
462

P
mm
173
188
203
198
213
228
227
242
257
279
278
293
308
330
367
347
362
384
421
458
397
412
434
471
508
429
444
466
503
540
495
517
554
591
628
546
568
605
642
679

z
mm
22
24
28
22
24
28
22
24
28
40
22
24
28
40
44
24
28
40
44
56
24
28
40
44
56
24
28
40
44
56
28
40
44
56
70
28
40
44
56
56

500

600

800 1000 1200 1400 1600

approx. weight in kg
14
20

16
23
33
17
24
36
19
27

22

17
25
36
19
27
39
21
29
42
69
24
34
48

39
55

44
63

47
67

21
29
42
22
31
45
24
33
48
79
27
38
54
89
143
43
61
101
160
239
48
69
112
176
260
52
73
117

83
130

90
141

48
26
37
51
28
40
54
89
31
45
60
98
159
50
67
110
176
261
55
75
122
192
283
58
80
127
203
298
89
139
221
322
465
96
151
240
342
499

63
100
52
69
110
176
57
76
122
192
284
62
84
134
209
305
65
88
139
220
320
98
152
237
345
497
105
163
256
364
530

124
195

136
211
310

148
228
331

153
239
346
108
166
256
371
528
116
177
275
390
561

261
376

279
401
559

298
421
592

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
riser clamps

Series VKK

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom.
dia.

nom.
load

type

instal.
dim.

FN
kN
63
100
160
250
400
63
100
160
250
400
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
1000
160
250
400
630
1000

VKK...

E
mm
25
30
40
30
40
25
30
40
30
40
30
40
30
40
50
20
40
30
40
40
20
40
20
30
40
30
20
30
40
50
30
20
30
40
50

dimensions

span L
in mm
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400

DN
500
500
500
500
500
550
550
550
550
550
600
600
600
600
600
700
700
700
700
700
800
800
800
800
800
900
900
900
900
900
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1)

mm
508
508
508
508
508
559
559
559
559
559
610
610
610
610
610
711
711
711
711
711
813
813
813
813
813
914
914
914
914
914
1016
1016
1016
1016
1016

0500. 063..1)..
0500. 100..1)..
0500. 160..1)..
0500. 250..1)..
0500. 400..1)..
0550. 063..1)..
0550. 100..1)..
0550. 160..1)..
0550. 250..1)..
0550. 400..1)..
0600. 100..1)..
0600. 160..1)..
0600. 250..1)..
0600. 400..1)..
0600. 630..1)..
0700. 100..1)..
0700. 160..1)..
0700. 250..1)..
0700. 400..1)..
0700. 630..1)..
0800. 100..1)..
0800. 160..1)..
0800. 250..1)..
0800. 400..1)..
0800. 630..1)..
0900. 160..1)..
0900. 250..1)..
0900. 400..1)..
0900. 630..1)..
0900.1000..1)..
1000. 160..1)..
1000. 250..1)..
1000. 400..1)..
1000. 630..1)..
1000.1000..1)..

A
mm
568
583
608
633
658
619
634
659
684
709
685
710
735
760
785
786
811
836
861
886
888
913
938
963
988
1014
1039
1064
1089
1114
1116
1141
1166
1191
1216

H
mm
255
300
370
410
490
255
300
370
410
490
300
370
410
490
620
320
380
420
490
630
320
380
430
500
630
390
430
500
630
780
390
430
500
630
780

D
mm
514
514
514
514
514
565
565
565
565
565
617
617
617
617
617
719
719
719
719
719
822
822
822
822
822
924
924
924
924
924
1027
1027
1027
1027
1027

P
mm
597
619
656
693
730
648
670
707
744
781
721
758
795
832
869
822
859
896
933
970
924
961
998
1035
1072
1062
1099
1136
1173
1210
1164
1201
1238
1275
1312

z
mm
28
40
44
56
70
28
40
44
56
70
40
44
56
70
74
40
44
56
70
74
40
44
56
70
74
44
56
70
74
94
44
56
70
74
94

approx. weight in kg
108
166

119
181

196

117
177
275
393
568
128
193
293
421
605
208
317
452

242

283

128 138
192 208
294 317
419 450
599 630
139 150
207 223
312 335
447 478
636 667
222 239
336 359
479 510
677 709
984 1031
257 273
383 407
542 573
764 795
1126
298 314
437 461
610 641
847 878
1249
492 516
680 712
981
1387

341
482
672

360
510
709

384
543
751
1078
291
431
606
838
1173
332
486
674
920
1296
541
745
1024
1434
1974
549 573 598
760 792 825
1083 1126
1536

795
1126
461
640
882
1221 1283
516
709
965
1343
571
780
1069
1481
2036
628
860
1171
1583
2230

1018
1406 1480

1123
1545 1619
2097 2179

1224 1273
1646 1720
2292 2373

Enter span L and load group LGV.

Connecting dimensions depending on load group LGV


Load group LGV
Nom. load of load group FN in kN
Dimensions
f in mm
s in mm

12
7
14
8-10

16
12
18
10-15

20
20
22
10-20

24
33
26
10-20

30
50
35
15-25

36
70
42
15-30

42
100
47
20-30

48
132
52
20-35

56
180
62
25-35

64
240
72
25-35

99

Standard products riser clamps

HYDRA box-type clamp shear pin support

Standard version

Options

Materials:
S 235 JRG 2,
16Mo3, 13CrMo4-5,
10CrMo9-10,
depending on service
temperature
Surface protection: blank

for other materials


see page 95

Order example: VSR 0400.063.1000.00-16.0

Surface protection:
primed,
hot-dip galvanized
(only advisable with correspondingly low service temperatures)
(see page 26 for option code)
16Mo3, blank

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom.
dia.

DN
100
100
100
125
125
125
150
150
150
150
200
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
250
300
300
300
300
300
350
350
350
350
350
400
400
400
400
400
450
450
450
450
450

mm
114.3
114.3
114.3
139.7
139.7
139.7
168.3
168.3
168.3
168.3
219.1
219.1
219.1
219.1
219.1
273
273
273
273
273
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
323.9
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
355.6
406.4
406.4
406.4
406.4
406.4
457
457
457
457
457

nom.
load

FN
kN
25
40
63
25
40
63
25
40
63
100
25
40
63
100
160
40
63
100
160
250
40
63
100
160
250
40
63
100
160
250
63
100
160
250
400
63
100
160
250
400

type
VKR...
VSR...
VPR...
0100.025..1)..
0100.040..1)..
0100.063..1)..
0125.025..1)..
0125.040..1)..
0125.063..1)..
0150.025..1)..
0150.040..1)..
0150.063..1)..
0150.100..1)..
0200.025..1)..
0200.040..1)..
0200.063..1)..
0200.100..1)..
0200.160..1)..
0250.040..1)..
0250.063..1)..
0250.100..1)..
0250.160..1)..
0250.250..1)..
0300.040..1)..
0300.063..1)..
0300.100..1)..
0300.160..1)..
0300.250..1)..
0350.040..1)..
0350.063..1)..
0350.100..1)..
0350.160..1)..
0350.250..1)..
0400.063..1)..
0400.100..1)..
0400.160..1)..
0400.250..1)..
0400.400..1)..
0450.063..1)..
0450.100..1)..
0450.160..1)..
0450.250..1)..
0450.400..1)..

dimensions

A
mm
150
154
158
175
179
183
204
208
212
218
255
259
263
269
279
313
317
323
333
343
363
367
373
383
393
395
399
405
415
425
450
456
466
476
486
501
507
517
527
537

H2)
mm
180
210
260
180
210
260
190
220
270
330
200
240
270
330
380
250
270
330
380
400
260
285
330
380
400
260
300
330
380
410
320
340
400
420
480
320
340
400
420
480

VGR
E
e
mm mm
120
85
140 105
175 130
120
85
140 105
175 130
120
85
140 105
175 130
205 155
120
85
140 105
175 130
205 155
250 190
140 105
175 130
205 155
250 190
270 200
140 105
175 130
205 155
250 190
270 200
140 105
185 140
205 155
250 190
270 200
185 140
205 155
250 190
275 205
340 240
185 140
205 155
250 190
275 205
340 240

VSR/VPR
E
e
mm mm
85
5
105
5
130
0
85
5
105
5
130
0
85
5
105
5
130
0
155
-5
85
5
105
5
130
0
155
-5
190
0
105
5
130
0
155
-5
190
0
200
0
105
5
130
0
155
-5
190
0
200
0
105
5
140
10
155
-5
190
0
200
0
140
10
155
-5
190
0
205
5
240
0
140
10
155
-5
190
0
205
5
240
0

span L
in mm
400
W
mm
243
243
251
269
269
277
297
297
305
309
348
348
356
360
374
402
410
414
428
442
453
461
465
479
493
485
493
497
511
525
543
547
561
575
581
594
598
612
626
632

500

600

800 1000 1200 1400 1600

approx. weight in kg
17
23

19
26
38
19
26
36
19
27
20

23
32
48
24
33
47
25
34
42
71
22
31
43
32
45

33
46

34

27
37
56
27
37
55
28
39
57
93
29
42
60
98
174
43
63
102
182
262
45
66
106
189
272
46
68
108
212
57
92

58
94

63
31
42
62
32
44
65
106
34
47
68
109
192
49
71
113
200
285
51
73
117
207
296
52
76
119
230
302
79
123
219
315
458
81
127
226
324
469

73
119
53
75
122
210
56
78
126
218
309
59
83
130
225
319
60
86
132
248
325
90
136
237
339
491
92
140
244
348
503

135
228
139
236
332
143
243
343
95
146
265
349
101
152
261
363
525
104
156
268
372
537

376
280
391
559
287
401
571

Enter span L and load group LGV for VKR, or "00 for VSR/VPR (see page 101).
2) Applies only to maximum spans, may be smaller for smaller spans.

1)

VKR connecting dimensions depending on nominal diameter


Nom. dia.
d in mm
n in mm

100

100-125
51
13

150
63
13

200
79
16

250
92
16

300-350 400-450 500-550


118
144
173
16
16
16

600
199
16

700
224
16

800
250
16

900
279
16

1000
330
16

VKR

VSR/VPR

View from below

Nominal sizes, dimensions, weights


nom.
dia.

DN
500
500
500
500
500
550
550
550
550
550
600
600
600
600
600
700
700
700
700
700
800
800
800
800
800
900
900
900
900
900
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

nom.
load

type

dimensions

span L
in mm

mm

FN
kN

VKR...
VSR...
VPR...

A
mm

H2)
mm

VGR
E
e
mm mm

VSR/VPR
E
e
mm mm

W
mm

508
508
508
508
508
559
559
559
559
559
610
610
610
610
610
711
711
711
711
711
813
813
813
813
813
914
914
914
914
914
1016
1016
1016
1016
1016

63
100
160
250
400
63
100
160
250
400
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
100
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
1000
160
250
400
630
1000

0500. 063..1)..
0500. 100..1)..
0500. 160..1)..
0500. 250..1)..
0500. 400..1)..
0550. 063..1)..
0550. 100..1)..
0550. 160..1)..
0550. 250..1)..
0550. 400..1)..
0600. 100..1)..
0600. 160..1)..
0600. 250..1)..
0600. 400..1)..
0600. 630..1)..
0700. 100..1)..
0700. 160..1)..
0700. 250..1)..
0700. 400..1)..
0700. 630..1)..
0800. 100..1)..
0800. 160..1)..
0800. 250..1)..
0800. 400..1)..
0800. 630..1)..
0900. 160..1)..
0900. 250..1)..
0900. 400..1)..
0900. 630..1)..
0900.1000..1)..
1000. 160..1)..
1000. 250..1)..
1000. 400..1)..
1000. 630..1)..
1000.1000..1)..

552
558
568
578
588
603
609
619
629
639
660
670
680
690
700
761
771
781
791
801
863
873
883
893
903
974
984
994
1004
1014
1076
1086
1096
1106
1116

365
390
430
450
510
365
390
430
450
510
410
440
470
545
630
440
480
510
560
670
460
500
520
600
710
520
540
620
720
840
560
580
680
750
900

205
220
260
275
340
205
220
260
275
340
230
260
275
340
410
250
275
290
350
415
260
285
300
365
415
295
310
375
430
505
315
330
395
445
510

160
170
200
205
240
160
170
200
205
240
180
200
205
240
300
200
215
220
250
305
210
225
230
265
305
235
240
275
320
385
255
260
295
335
390

645
649
663
677
683
696
700
714
728
734
751
765
779
785
801
852
866
880
886
902
954
968
982
988
1004
1069
1083
1089
1105
1125
1171
1185
1191
1207
1227

160
170
200
205
240
160
170
200
205
240
180
200
205
240
300
200
215
220
250
305
210
225
230
265
305
235
240
275
320
385
255
260
295
335
390

30
10
10
5
0
30
10
10
5
0
20
10
5
0
0
40
25
20
10
5
50
35
30
25
5
45
40
35
20
25
65
60
55
35
30

1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400


approx. weight in kg
90
136

92
140

120

100
148
257
362
515
102
152
264
371
527
160
270
381
177

153

112
167
275
386
549
115
171
282
396
561
177
289
405
578
890
190
312
432
611
202
333
459
644
353
487

301
407

124
185
301 324
419 449
583 635
127
189
308 331
429 459
595 646
198
315 342
439 479
612 665 717
940 989 1062
208 228
332 363 393
466 503 546
646 700 750
983 1033 1107 1185
222 242
353 385 415
495 532 571
680 729 787 840
1027 1078 1153 1231
378 407 438
523 561 601
721 765 824 879
1078 1129 1206 1286
1822 1893 1995
407 438 470
561 601 643
761 807 869 925
1188 1268 1351
1987 2093

1313

1360
2113
992
1427
2203

Connecting dimensions depending on load group LGV


Load group LGV
Nom. load FN of load group in kN
Dimensions
f in mm
s in mm

12
7
14
8-10

16
12
18
10-15

20
20
22
10-20

24
33
26
10-20

30
50
35
15-25

36
70
42
15-30

42
100
47
20-30

48
132
52
20-35

56
180
62
25-35

64
240
72
25-35

160
44
120/170
135/170
113

250
56
130/200
145/200
126

400
70
165/240
175/240
193

630
74
205/240
225/240
285

1000
94
315/315
265/315
390

VGR/VSR/VPR connecting dimensions depending on nominal load


Nominal load FN in kN
VKR
z in mm
VGR/VSR and VPR
f in mm
g in mm
z in mm

25
22
100/110
55/110
74

40
24
100/110
60/110
74

63
28
100/110
80/110
82

100
40
100/140
85/140
82

101

Produktprogramm
Standard
products Rohrhalterungen
riser clamps

Series VKR
Series VSR, VPR

Special types

Special types

In addition to the standard types listed in the


previous chapter, which
provide optimum solutions for the majority of
applications in practice,
we offer special types for
particular requirements,
which can be adapted
exactly to each individual
project.
The examples shown
here give an impression
of the variety of the types
available.

Constant hanger as
double hanger with
trapeze
(where height is limited)
Support assembly consisting of standard products.

Variable spring hanger


for very high load and
short travel
Housing and loadbearing
parts reinforced, conical
spring washer stack.

Variable spring hanger


for offshore use
Housing made of rustproof
stainless steel, spring with
plastic coating.

Constant hanger as
double hanger for
high load
Required load: 585 kN
Required travel: 370 mm

102

Double clamp
for twice the load, for
supporting high additional
loads, e.g. fittings.

Special types

Constant hanger as
double hanger with
central suspension
and central load
application
(compact design)
Required load: 200 kN
Required travel: 270 mm

Constant hanger with


minimum load deviation
(friction component
approx. 1%)
Pivot axes in greasedfor-life needle bearings.

Traveller for connecting


short assemblies
Movement in all directions
where height is extremely
limited, minimum adjustment force, thus no angled
load application. Two carriages with maintenancefree wheels on L-sections;
all steel parts hot-dip
galvanized.

103

Manufacture, inspection and testing

Manufacture, inspection and testing

Almost our whole product


range is manufactured at
our own plant, where all
the necessary facilities
are at our disposal.

Testing and inspections


Besides thorough incoming goods inspections for
all materials, we also carry
out in-process tests, e.g.
dimensional, visual and
surface-crack tests.

Our existing production


facilities include:
saws and flame-cutting
machines
folding, punching and
forming presses of
different sizes
production lines for a
rational clamp fabrication
annealing furnace for heat
treatment
metalworking machinery
welding robots, automatic
welding machines, manual
welding stations
shotblasting and spraying
machines for surface
treatment
testing equipment

104

Only materials to DIN EN


standards with certified
chemical and physical
properties are processed.
An abundant stock of
materials ensures short
delivery times.

Approvals
Our welding operations
are certified to DIN 18800
and we also hold an HP0
licence.
We employ only welders
qualified to DIN EN 729,
whose work is constantly
supervised and monitored
by a welding engineer.

Comprehensive final inspections of the finished


products ensure that only
faultless products leave
our factory. Function
tests performed on calibrated test benches with
electronic measurement
of load and travel are
standard for variable
spring hangers/supports
and constant hangers/
supports. These tests
verify the specified load/
travel behaviour and the
compliance with permissible tolerances. If agreed
in advance, we can supply
function diagrams and
logs.

Marking
Hangers and supports
have name plates on
which all relevant details
regarding type and adjustment values are written.

Appropriate markings
on other connecting parts
can stamped on the parts
when this is expressly
agreed in advance.

Nuts and bolts are marked


with the manufacturers
material specifications.

Additional markings, e.g.


indicating installation
position, can be provided
on request.

The marking of forged


threaded parts, e.g.
clevises, eye nuts, turnbuckles up to M48, consists of manufacturers
marking, load group and
material.

Corrosion protection

Packaging

The suitable corrosion


protection depends on the
type of product and the
respective application.

Products are delivered on


wooden pallets, in wiremesh containers or cardboard boxes, depending
on product type, size and
weight.

Every product in this catalogue is supplied as standard with the most cusOther types of packaging
tomary form of corrosion
must be agreed beforeprotection for the product. hand.
Other forms of corrosion
protection are available as
options and must be specified by the customer.
In all cases, the surface
protection is applied
according to the acknowledged technical
standards or to a given
specification.

105

Marking

Marking, corrosion protection, packaging

Installation instructions for hangers

Installation instructions for hangers

General
Hangers are delivered on
pallets. Transport on site
must be carried out with
care in order to avoid
damage to the products
(name plates, scales, connecting threads, adjustment
devices and the corrosion
protection are especially
at risk). They should be
stored indoors. For outdoor
storage, hangers must be
covered to protect them
from dirt and moisture.

Constant hangers
(all versions with turnbuckle)

Variable spring hangers


with turnbuckle (FHD,
FHG)
Turn the turnbuckle until
the prescribed cold load is
reached. (The preset cold
load blue triangle can
be seen on the travel
scale.)

Connections
Prepare the connections
required for fixing the
hangers to the loadbearing
structure beforehand, e.g.:

This point is reached when


the travel stops become
loose and can be removed
by hand (remove securing
tape first).

Double hanger with


trapeze (FDT)
Install this version in a
similar way to a variable
spring hanger with turnbuckle, making sure that
there is an equal load on
each tie rod.
FHS

Turn the turnbuckle until


the constant hanger carries the required load. This
point is reached when the
travel stop becomes loose.
Extract the cotter pins and
remove the travel stop
from the support bolts on
both sides.
A pipe section with several
constant hangers has to
be considered as a complete unit. The pipe should
be neither displaced nor
placed under stress.

If the travel stop cannot


be released immediately
welding plates, clamping
Now slip the wire clips of
Variable spring hangers
because the actual loads
lugs or square plates for
the travel stops into the
for continuous rods (FHS) do not equal the required
hanging versions, depend- slots of the housing below
loads, the adjustment faciling on type of connection, the stop nibs of the spring Turn the adjusting nut until ity (15% of required load)
plate and secure them with the prescribed cold load is allows the hanger to be
pre-drilled beams or
wires.
applied to the hanger.
adapted to suit the situasupport plates for baseThen proceed as for the
tion.
mounted types.
Load corrections can be
installation of a hanger
carried out in the non-pre- with turnbuckle.
Make sure beforehand that
Constant hangers should
set state by turning the
no unwanted connections
be aligned with the longitu- turnbuckle further.
Lock the adjusting nut
hinder the movement of
dinal direction of the
with an additional nut
the line.
beams.
Hangers supplied in a non- screwed onto the rod.
preset state have to be
Carry out this adjustment
Installation
adjusted to the required
meticulously, taking into
load according to the scale
account all the hangers in
Connect hangers in such a on the hanger.
a pipe section.
way that the forces can be
transferred; secure support Now lock the turnbuckle
On no account should the
bolts with cotter pins,
securely with a nut which
travel stops be removed
threaded connections with has been screwed onto
by force.
locknuts. (Final locking of
the adjoining threaded
the adjusting nuts of the
rod beforehand.
After releasing the travel
FHS series cannot be carstops, attach them to the
ried out before attaching
rear housing bolts and lock
the load.)
them in place with cotter
pins. In versions with a
Load attachment/
horizontal spring housing,
adjustment
they are supported by the
cover plate of the spring
Before attaching the load,
housing.
screw the lower tie rod
(threaded rod) into the
In every case, secure the
hanger (do not exceed
turnbuckle with a nut
screw-in depth!) and
screwed onto the tie rod
connect it to the load
beforehand.
to be carried.

106

Sway supports (FSG)

Variable spring supports


and constant supports
(FSS/FSP/KSR/KSP)
With variable spring and
constant supports size
01-11 by turning the adjusting nut, and with sping supports size 12-16, as well as
with constant supports you
stress the adjusting nut on
the support plate resp. on
the load roll, until the cold
load or the loading rate is
reached and the travel
stops can be removed.
Adjusting possibility:
spring supports + 30 mm
constant supports +/- 20 mm
With spring supports the
support plate with collar (size
01-11) resp. with threaded
bolt (size 12-16) ist sticked in
loose.
In general proceed as described above for hangers.

Fix sway supports to the


loadbearing structure by
means of brackets (MBS),
and to the pipe by dynamic
load clamps.
Adapt the length to the
installation distance by
means of the adjusting nut
on the movable part of the
sway support. Load takeup is also by means of
turning this adjusting nut.
(The spherical sway head
is only inserted loosely at
the movable end of the
support.)

Hydraulic pressure test


Hangers and supports
should be locked in position before hydraulic pressure tests of pipe systems
in order to avoid unacceptable movement of the
pipe.

Variable spring hangers


and supports can be
adjusted by turning the
turnbuckle or the adjusting
nut.

Constant hangers and


supports can be adjusted
by means of the load
For nuclear power stations, adjustment device by up
according to KTA, the per- to 15% of the required
load without restricting
missible overload is 1.5
times the nominal load FN. the specified travel.
For other applications, an
overload of up to 2.5 times A further change to the
the nominal load is permis- required load is possible if
sible.
certain conditions are met.
However, you should conOwing to their dimensions, sult us first. If the actual
HYDRA hangers can
travel exceeds the required
sustain such overloads
travel (including reserves)
even in a non-preset
or if the load exceeds even
state without permanent the operating load reserves
deformation.
of the hanger, the hanger
must be replaced.
Inspection during
operation
Maintenance

Adapt the load and release


the travel stops afterwards,
Once the system is in
as described for variable
operation, the hot positions
spring hangers.
of hangers or supports
must be checked. If greater
Note:
deviations are measured,
The installation of sway
supports is only advisable corrective measures must
be taken.
if greater axial or lateral
movements of the supported pipe are expected. The If the reasons for such
supported pipe itself must deviations are working
loads higher than those
be secured sufficiently
calculated, the hangers
against unwanted lateral
and supports must be
movement by means of
suitable connections to the adjusted.
adjacent pipe system.

HYDRA variable spring


hangers and supports as
well as constant hangers
and supports are absolutely maintenance-free.
There is no need for spare
parts.

Sway supports cannot be


used as pipe guides.

Note for hanger installations:


Turnbuckles and adjusting nuts can be turned more
easily under load if the thread has been thoroughly
greased beforehand (MoS2). Turnbuckles and nuts
with larger thread diameters (M48 and larger) cannot
be turned under load. Additional equipment (lifting
tackle, hydraulic jack) is then required to relieve the
load on the turnbuckles or nuts.

107

Montagehinweise fr Hnger

FSG

Installation instructions for pipe clamps

Installation instructions for pipe clamps

General
Pipe clamps are delivered
with all the parts required
for assembly. If stored outdoors, clamps must be
suitably covered to protect
them against corrosion
and dirt.

Horizontalschellen

Horizontal pipe clamps


(HZN, HZV, HZS, HDN)

Grip clamps
(HGN, HGV)

Place both halves of the


clamp around the pipe and
bolt them together until
they fit snugly around the
pipe. Ensure that the
straps are aligned parallel
with each other and in the
tension direction of the
support.

Grip clamps are delivered


pre-assembled. For mounting on the pipe, remove
the lower nuts from the
bow rods completely. Then
pull the bow rods out of
the lower retaining lug after
removing all attached
parts.

The clamp can also be


hung on the clevis first if
the mounting process is
carried out in that way.

Insert the connecting part


(eye nut, connecting lug)
designed for use in twobolt clamps between the
upper lugs before inserting
the bolt.

Then turn both pairs of


bow rods to the side. In
this position they can be
placed around the pipe.
Afterwards, insert the
loose bow rods back into
the corresponding holes in
the retaining lug. Now refit
the spacers, tab washers
and nuts which had been
removed beforehand.

Then tighten the upper


nuts equally to the specified torque using a torque
wrench (see Ma in the
tables).

Tighten all four nuts equally


until all parts fit snugly
around the pipe. When
tightening, make sure that
the lugs match up exactly
and are aligned with the
pipe axis.

Afterwards, secure all


nuts with tab washers.

In the case of three-bolt


clamps, insert the eye
nut between the ends of
the long lugs afterwards;
tighten the upper, loadbearing bolt until the lugs
are parallel, but no further.
After tightening, secure
the bolts with additional
nuts.

Then mount the clevis


with the attached support
assembly on the upper
retaining lug.

Note for clamp installations:


The grip clamp has an additional hole in the upper
supporting lug for attaching a lifting device.
Mounting and loading of the support assembly is
thus easier and the pipe load can be relieved during
adjustment and repair work.

108

The bow rods must be


pretensioned in order to fit
the upper retaining lug
tightly around the pipe.

If a torque wrench is not


available, a preload can
also be applied by turning
all upper nuts through one
additional, complete turn.

Installation instructions for pipe clamps

Riser clamps

Formed clamps
(VBK)

Box-type clamps with


shear lug supports (VKK)

First, connect both halves


of the clamp loosely with
the associated support
assembly on one side.

After slotting the end


plates into the clevises of
the two hanger assemblies, fit the side pieces to
these and insert but do
not tighten the retaining
screws.

After placing both straps


around the pipe underneath the shear lugs, fix
the opposite side. Now
insert the bolts adjacent to
the pipe, making sure that
the spacers designed for
this position are placed
between the straps.
Screw on the nuts but do
not tighten them until the
straps have been aligned
with the pipe shear lugs in
such a way that they are
firmly seated.
Align the clamp straps by
shifting them slightly with
respect to each other and
by turning the turnbuckles
of the support assemblies.
Tighten the bolts adjacent
to the pipe such that the
straps cannot tilt with
respect to each other.
Tighten the bolts at the
ends of the straps until
the brackets are parallel
with each other.
Afterwards, secure all
bolts with locknuts.

Now slide the two halves


of the bearing plate on to
the side pieces and underneath the shear lugs until
they meet along the centreline of the pipe. Make
sure they interlock with the
side pieces. Now fix the
bearing plate with the
screws supplied.
Finally, tighten the nuts of
the connecting screws
(standard tightening
torques).
Secure all screws with
tab washers or locknuts.
Using the turnbuckles of
the two hanger assemblies,
now fit the clamp around
the pipe shear lugs. Make
sure the clamp engages
evenly with all shear lugs;
after fitting, the clamp must
be positioned approximately at right-angles to
the axis of the pipe, provided the shear lugs have
been sufficiently accurately
fabricated. Otherwise, the
support for the shear lugs
must be re-machined.

Box-type clamps with


shear-bolt supports (VKR)
After slotting the end plates
into the clevises of the two
hanger assemblies, fit the
side pieces to these and
the shear pins at the same
time. Compensate for different positions of shear
pins and end plates by
means of the turnbuckles
of the two hanger assemblies.
Insert all connecting screws
and screw on but do not
tighten the nuts. If tension rods are included, insert these and fit the nuts.
Finally, tighten the nuts
of the connecting screws
and then the tension rods
(standard tightening
torques).
Secure all screws with
tab washers or locknuts.
Using the turnbuckles of
the two hanger assemblies, now align the clamp
until its is approximately at
right-angles to the axis of
the pipe. Make sure the
shear pins engage evenly.

109

1756-1
e/05/0
4/10

Witzenmann GmbH
stliche Karl-Friedrich-Str. 134
75175 Pforzheim
German
Phone: +49 - (0)72 31 - 5 81- 0
Fax: +49 - (0)72 31 - 5 81- 8 20
wi@witzenmann.com
www.witzenmann.de

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi